Jaguar Xk8 electrical service manual

BY APPOINTMENT TO HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH II MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY ...

131 downloads 1855 Views 7MB Size Report

This content was uploaded by our users and we assume good faith they have the permission to share this book. If you own the copyright to this book and it is wrongfully on our website, we offer a simple DMCA procedure to remove your content from our site. Start by pressing the button below!
Report copyright / DMCA form

DOWNLOAD PDF

BY APPOINTMENT TO HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH II MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY

BY APPOINTMENT TO HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH THE QUEEN MOTHER MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY

BY APPOINTMENT TO HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY

1998 Range Electrical Guide

Published by Parts and Service Communications Jaguar Cars Limited Publication Part Number – JTP 615

XK8 Range 1998

Introduction

Electrical Guide Format This Electrical Guide is made up of two major sections. The first section, at the front of the book, provides general information for and about the use of the book, and information and illustrations to aid in the understanding of the XK8 electrical / electronic systems, as well as the location and identification of components. The second section includes the Figures, which are the basis of the book. Each Figure is identified by a Figure Number (i.e. Fig. 01.1) and Title, and is accompanied by a page of data containing information specific to that Figure. It is recommended that the user read through the front section of the book to develop a familiarity with the layout of the book and with the system of symbols and abbreviations used. The Table of Contents on the following pages should help to guide the user.

Standard Abbreviations The following abbreviations are used throughout this Electrical Guide: B+ Battery Voltage CAN Controller Area Network COUPE Coupe Vehicles CONV. Convertible Vehicles DI Direction Indicator LH Left-Hand LHD Left-Hand Drive NAS North American Specification RH Right-Hand RHD Right-Hand Drive ROW Rest of World SCP Standard Corporate Protocol Network VIN Vehicle Identification Number Refer to the vehicle Service Manual for a glossary of standard terms and their abbreviations.

Vehicle Identification Numbers (VIN) VIN ranges are presented throughout the book in the following manner:

➞ VIN 123456 indicates “up to VIN 123456”; VIN 123456 ➞ indicates “from VIN 123456 on”. XK8 Electrical System Architecture The XK8 system “architecture” is new to Jaguar vehicles and features vehicle multiplexing. Multiplexing allows for greatly simplified wiring harnesses, while at the same time allowing flexibility in programming market variants. Two data networks are used in the system: a controller area network (CAN) for the engine, drive train and related systems, and a standard corporate protocol network (SCP) for the body systems. Any vehicle subsystem depicted on the figures with the CAN or SCP included uses data derived from the network, or transmits data via the network to achieve control. Messages for both networks are cataloged in the Appendix of this book. When appropriate, the user will be referred to the Appendix by a note on the Data page. In addition to the two networks, the XK8 uses a serial data bus (ISO) for diagnostics and for the programming of certain control modules. The XK8 uses both power and logic grounds; however, it does not use a common logic ground stud connection as in previous vehicles.

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

1

Table of Contents

XK8 Range 1998

Component Index ........................................................................................................ 5 – 9 User Instructions ........................................................................................................ 10 – 15 Connectors ................................................................................................................ 16 Main Power Distribution; Ground Point Identification and Location ............................. 17 Harness Layout .......................................................................................................... 18 Control Module Identification and Location ................................................................. 19 Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location .......................................... 20 – 22 Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location .......................................................... 23

NOTE: The Appendix, which contains a catalog of CAN and SCP Network messages, follows the Figure and Data pages.

2

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

XK8 Range 1998

FIGURES Fig. Description

Table of Contents

Variant

01 Power Distribution 01.1 ...... Main Power Distribution ................................................................ All Vehicles 01.2 ...... Battery Power Distribution: Driver and Passenger Fuse Boxes ....... All Vehicles 01.3 ...... Battery Power Distribution: Trunk, Engine Compartment and EMS Fuse Boxes ........................................................................... All Vehicles 01.4 ...... Ignition Switched Power Distribution ............................................. All Vehicles 01.5 ...... Engine Management Switched Power Distribution ........................ All Vehicles 02 Ground Distribution 02.1 ...... Ignition Switched Ground Distribution ............................................ All Vehicles 03 Battery; Starter; Generator 03.1 ...... Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 N/A ............................................ AJ26 N/A Vehicles 03.2 ...... Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 SC .............................................. AJ26 SC Vehicles 04 04.1 04.2 04.3 04.4 04.5

Engine Management ...... AJ26 N/A NAS Engine Management: Part 1 ................................... AJ26 N/A NAS Vehicles VIN 024687 ...... AJ26 N/A ROW Engine Management: Part 1 ................................. AJ26 N/A ROW Vehicles VIN 024687 ...... AJ26 N/A Engine Management: Part 2 ........................................... AJ26 N/A Vehicles VIN 024687 ...... AJ26 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 1 ................................... AJ26 SC ROW Vehicles ...... AJ26 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 2 ................................... AJ26 SC ROW Vehicles

➞

➞ ➞

05 Transmission 05.1 ...... AJ26 N/A Automatic Transmission ................................................. AJ26 N/A Vehicles 05.2 ...... AJ26 SC Automatic Transmission .................................................. AJ26 SC Vehicles 05.3 ...... Gearshift Interlock .......................................................................... All Vehicles 06 Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control 06.1 ...... Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control ................................................ All Vehicles 07 Climate Control 07.1 ...... Climate Control: Part 1 ................................................................... All Vehicles 07.2 ...... Climate Control: Part 2 ................................................................... All Vehicles 08 Instrumentation; Audible Warnings 08.1 ...... Instrument Packs ........................................................................... All Vehicles 08.2 ...... Audible Warnings ........................................................................... All Vehicles 09 Exterior Lighting 09.1 ...... Exterior Lighting: Front ................................................................... All Vehicles 09.2 ...... Exterior Lighting: Rear .................................................................... All Vehicles 09.3 ...... Headlamp Leveling ........................................................................ Headlamp Leveling Vehicles

DATE OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY 1998

3

Table of Contents

FIGURES Fig. Description

XK8 Range 1998

Variant

10 Interior Lighting 10.1 ...... Interior Lighting .............................................................................. All Vehicles 10.2 ...... Dimmer-Controlled Lighting ........................................................... All Vehicles 11 11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5

Steering; Mirrors; Suspension ...... Power Assisted Steering ................................................................ All Vehicles ...... Steering Column Movement .......................................................... All Vehicles ...... Mirror Movement .......................................................................... All Vehicles ...... Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors .............................. All Vehicles ...... Suspension Adaptive Damping ...................................................... Adaptive Damping Vehicles

12 12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4

Seat Systems ...... Driver Seat: Memory ...................................................................... Memory Seat Vehicles ...... Driver Seat: Non Memory .............................................................. Non Memory Seat Vehicles ...... Passenger Seat: 3-Way Movement ................................................ 3-Way Movement Vehicles ...... Passenger Seat: 2-Way Movement ................................................ 2-Way Movement Vehicles

13 Door Locking; Security 13.1 ...... Central Door Locking ..................................................................... All Vehicles

14 Wash / Wipe System 14.1 ...... Wash / Wipe System ..................................................................... All Vehicles 15 Window Lifts; Convertible Top 15.1 ...... Window Lifts ................................................................................. All Vehicles 15.2 ...... Convertible Top .............................................................................. Convertible Vehicles 16 16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4

...... ...... ...... ......

In-Car Entertainment; Telephone Standard In-Car Entertainment: Convertible .................................... Convertible Vehicles Standard In-Car Entertainment: Coupe ........................................... Coupe Vehicles Premium In-Car Entertainment ....................................................... Premium ICE Vehicles Radio Telephone ............................................................................ All Vehicles

17 Supplementary Restraint System 17.1 ...... Airbag System ............................................................................... All Vehicles 18 Ancillaries 18.1 ...... Ancillaries: Horns; Cigar Lighters; Accessory Connectors; Garage Door Opener ...................................................................... All Vehicles 19 Vehicle Multiplex Systems 19.1 ...... CAN (Network); SCP Network; Serial Data Links ............................ All Vehicles

4

DATE OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY 1998

XK8 Range 1998 ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE ................. Fig. 06.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 ACCELEROMETERS ............................................................... Fig. 11.5 ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER ................................................ Fig. 13.2 ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE ............................ Fig. 11.5 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ....................... Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE .............................. Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL .................................. Fig. 07.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 AIR INTAKE – LH ..................................................................... Fig. 07.1 AIR INTAKE – RH ..................................................................... Fig. 07.1 AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE ....................................... Fig. 17.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 AIRBAG INTERROGATION CONNECTOR ............................... Fig. 17.1

Component Index BRAKE SWITCH – LHD ........................................................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 06.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5 BRAKE SWITCH – RHD ........................................................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 06.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR ............................................ Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 CANISTER CLOSE VALVE ....................................................... Fig 04.1 CD AUTO-CHANGER ............................................................... Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3 CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK ........................................ Fig. 09.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2

AIRBAGS ................................................................................. Fig. 17.1

CIGAR LIGHTERS .................................................................... Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR ....................................... Fig. 07.1

COLUMN JOY STICK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) .................... Fig. 11.2

ANTENNA MOTOR ................................................................. Fig. 16.3

CONVERTIBLE TOP PUMP ..................................................... Fig. 15.2

ASPIRATOR ASSEMBLY ......................................................... Fig. 07.1

CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH .................................................. Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2

AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) .... Fig. 08.2 COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH ..................................................... Fig. 08.1 AUTO TILT SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) ...................... Fig. 11.2 CRUISE CONTROL ON / OFF SWITCH ................................... Fig. 10.2 BATTERY ................................................................................. Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1

CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH ................................................... Fig. 04.3

BLOWER MOTORS ................................................................ Fig. 07.2

CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) .............. Fig. 04.3

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE ................................................ Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 08.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1

D – 4 SWITCH ......................................................................... Fig. 05.1 DAMPER SOLENOIDS ............................................................ Fig. 11.5 DATA LINK CONNECTOR ....................................................... Fig. 19.1 DIMMER CONTROL (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) ..................... Fig. 10.2 DIMMER MODULE ................................................................. Fig. 10.2 DIODE (BT29) – TRUNK SWITCH ............................................ Fig. 10.1 DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER ................................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1

BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH – LHD ............................................. Fig. 04.3 BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH – RHD ............................................ Fig. 04.3 BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR ..................................................... Fig. 06.1

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

5

Component Index DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER ........................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 DOOR LOCK ACTUATORS ..................................................... Fig. 13.1 DOOR LOCK SWITCH – PASSENGER .................................... Fig. 13.1 DOOR LOCK SWITCHES – DRIVER ........................................ Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 DOOR MIRROR MOTORS ...................................................... Fig. 11.3 DOOR MIRRORS .................................................................... Fig. 07.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER ....................................................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 DOOR SWITCH – PASSENGER ............................................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN .............................................. Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT SECURITY SWITCH ...................... Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ................................................. Fig. 03.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR ........................ Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR ........................................................ Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL VALVE ......................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2

XK8 Range 1998 FUEL PUMP ............................................................................ Fig. 04.3 FUEL TANK PRESURE SENSOR ............................................. Fig. 04.1 FULL RANGE SPEAKERS ........................................................ Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 FUSE BOX – DRIVER SIDE ...................................................... Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4 FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT .................................. Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1 FUSE BOX – ENGINE MANAGEMENT .................................... Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.5 FUSE BOX – PASSENGER SIDE .............................................. Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4 FUSE BOX – TRUNK ................................................................ Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1 GARAGE DOOR OPENER (ROOF CONSOLE) ......................... Fig. 18.1 GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE ......................... Fig. 05.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID ...................................... Fig. 05.2 GENERATOR ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1 GLASS BREAKAGE SENSOR (ROOF CONSOLE) .................... Fig. 13.2 GLOVE BOX LAMP ................................................................. Fig. 10.1 HANDSET ................................................................................ Fig. 16.4 HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATORS ..................................... Fig. 09.3 HEATED BACKLIGHT .............................................................. Fig. 07.2 HEATED OXYGEN SENSORS .................................................. Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 HEATER PUMP ....................................................................... Fig. 07.2

EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX ASSEMBLY ...................... Fig. 07.1

HEATER VALVE ....................................................................... Fig. 07.2

FASCIA ACCESSORY CONNECTOR ....................................... Fig. 18.1

HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP ................................................ Fig. 09.2

FOOT WELL LAMPS ............................................................... Fig. 10.1 FRONT FOG LAMPS ............................................................... Fig. 09.1

HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE .................................. Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1

FRONT LAMP UNITS .............................................................. Fig. 09.1

HORN SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) .................................. Fig. 18.1

FUEL FILL FLAP SOLENOID ................................................... Fig. 13.1

HORNS .................................................................................... Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1

FUEL INJECTORS ................................................................... Fig. 04.3 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ............................................................. Fig. 08.1

6

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

XK8 Range 1998 IGNITION COILS ...................................................................... Fig. 04.3 IGNITION MODULES .............................................................. Fig. 04.3 IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) ...................................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 IGNITION SWITCH .................................................................. Fig. 02.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1 IMPACT SENSORS .................................................................. Fig. 17.1

Component Index MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK .................................................. Fig. 08.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 MIRROR JOY STICK (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK) ............ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 MODE SWITCH (TRANSMISSION) ......................................... Fig. 05.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 NEUTRAL SWITCH .................................................................. Fig. 03.1

INERTIA SWITCH .................................................................... Fig. 02.1

NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH ................................................ Fig. 05.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1

INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR ............................................. Fig. 11.4

NUMBER PLATE LAMPS ........................................................ Fig. 09.2

KEY FOB ANTENNAS .............................................................. Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3

OIL PRESSURE SWITCH ......................................................... Fig. 08.1

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE .............................................. Fig. 03.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1

PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER .............................................. Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3

INCLINATION SENSOR ........................................................... Fig. 13.2

KEYLOCK SOLENOID (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) ................... Fig. 05.2 KICKDOWN SWITCH – LHD .................................................... Fig. 05.1 KICKDOWN SWITCH – RHD ................................................... Fig. 05.1 KNOCK SENSORS ................................................................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2

PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ...................................................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2

PEDAL POSITION AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS .... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 POWER AMPLIFIER ................................................................ Fig. 16.3 POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE .............. Fig. 11.1 POWER WASH PUMP ............................................................ Fig. 14.1 PUDDLE LAMPS ..................................................................... Fig. 10.1

LAMP CONTROL MODULE .................................................... Fig. 09.2

QUARTER LIGHT LIFTS ........................................................... Fig. 15.2

LATCH CONTROL VALVE ....................................................... Fig. 15.2

RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE ........................ Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2

LEVELING SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) ...... Fig. 09.3 LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) .......................... Fig. 09.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1 MAIN CONTROL VALVE ......................................................... Fig. 15.2 MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK .................................................. Fig. 05.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 08.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1

RADIATOR FANS .................................................................... Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT ............................................. Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.4 RADIO ANTENNA ................................................................... Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3 RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) ............... Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3 RADIO ILLUMINATION ........................................................... Fig. 10.2 READER / EXCITER COIL (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) ............. Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 REAR INTERIOR LAMP (COUPE ONLY) .................................. Fig. 10.1 REAR QUARTER FULL RANGE SPEAKERS ............................ Fig. 16.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 REAR QUARTER MID-RANGE SPEAKERS .............................. Fig. 16.3

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR ..................................................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2

REAR SUB-WOOFERS ............................................................ Fig. 16.3

MICROPHONE (TELEPHONE) ................................................. Fig. 16.4

REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH ........................... Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2

MID-BASS SPEAKERS ............................................................ Fig. 16.3

REGULATOR ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1 ROOF CONSOLE .................................................................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

7

Component Index SEAT BELT SWITCH ............................................................... Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 SEAT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER ..................................... Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER ............................. Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 SEAT CUSHION (HEATER) – DRIVER ...................................... Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 SEAT CUSHION (HEATER) – PASSENGER .............................. Fig. 12.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 SEAT HEATER SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) ............................... Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4

XK8 Range 1998 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1 SWITCH PACK – DRIVER SEAT ............................................... Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER DOOR ..................................... Fig. 10.2 SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER SEAT ...................................... Fig. 12.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 TAIL LAMP UNITS ................................................................... Fig. 09.2 TELEPHONE ANTENNA .......................................................... Fig. 16.4 TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER ................................................... Fig. 16.4 THROTTLE MOTOR ................................................................ Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR .............................................. Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 TOP CLOSED SWITCH ............................................................ Fig. 15.2 TOP DOWN SWITCH .............................................................. Fig. 15.2 TOP LATCH CLOSED SWITCH ............................................... Fig. 15.2

SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – DRIVER ............................................ Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2

TOP RAISED SWITCH ............................................................. Fig. 15.2

SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – PASSENGER .................................... Fig. 12.3

TOP READY-TO-LATCH SWITCH ............................................ Fig. 15.2

SEAT MOTORS – DRIVER ....................................................... Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2

TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE ................................................. Fig. 01.1

SEAT MOTORS – PASSENGER ............................................... Fig. 12.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 SECURITY ACTIVE INDICATOR (GEAR SELECTOR MODULE) ........................................... Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE .................... Fig. 09.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE .................................... Fig. 05.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 TRANSMISSION ELECTRICS .................................................. Fig. 05.1 TRANSMISSION ROTARY SWITCH ........................................ Fig. 05.1 TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK ........................................... Fig. 08.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 TRIP CYCLE SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) .................... Fig. 08.1 TRUNK ACCESSORY CONNECTOR ........................................ Fig. 18.1 TRUNK AND FUEL FILL RELEASE SWITCH ............................ Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 TRUNK LAMPS ....................................................................... Fig. 10.1

SIDE DI REPEATERS (ROW) ................................................... Fig. 09.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1

TRUNK RELEASE SOLENOID ................................................. Fig. 13.1

SIDE MARKERS (NAS ONLY) .................................................. Fig. 09.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2

TRUNK SWITCH ...................................................................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3

SOLAR SENSOR ..................................................................... Fig. 07.1 SQUAB (HEATERS) – DRIVER ................................................. Fig. 12.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 SQUAWKERS (FASCIA) ........................................................... Fig. 16.3

TWEETERS .............................................................................. Fig. 16.3 VACUUM SWITCHING VALVES .............................................. Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2

STARTER MOTOR .................................................................. Fig. 03.1

VALET SWITCH ....................................................................... Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3

STEERING COLUMN MOTORS .............................................. Fig. 11.2

VANITY LAMPS ....................................................................... Fig. 10.1

SUPPRESSION MODULE ....................................................... Fig. 03.1

VARIABLE STEERING CONVERTER – LHD ............................. Fig. 11.1

SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR ............................................. Fig. 10.2

VARIABLE STEERING CONVERTER – RHD ............................ Fig. 11.1

STABILITY / TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) ............................... Fig. 06.1

SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR MEMORY ............................ Fig. 10.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3

8

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

XK8 Range 1998

Component Index

VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID VALVES ..................... Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2 VENT ASSEMBLY ................................................................... Fig. 07.1 WASH / WIPE STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) .................... Fig. 14.1 WHEEL SPEED SENSORS ...................................................... Fig. 06.1 WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES – DRIVER DOOR (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK) ....................................... Fig. 15.1 WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES – PASSENGER DOOR (PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK) ............................... Fig. 15.1 WINDOW LIFTS ...................................................................... Fig. 15.1 WINDSHIELD HEATERS ......................................................... Fig. 07.2 WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP AND FLUID LEVEL SENSOR ..... Fig. 14.1 WIPER MOTOR ....................................................................... Fig. 14.1

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

9

User Instructions

XK8 Range 1998

Figure and Data Page Layout Figure Pages Each Figure represents a specific electrical system of the vehicle. The Figures are arranged numerically by system (01 – Power Distribution, 02 – Ground Distribution, etc.) with variations in the system identified by a numeral following a decimal point (01.1, 01.2, etc.). Refer to the Table of Contents for a complete list of the Figures. The Figures 01 – Power Distribution detail the distribution of power to each of the systems. Numbered reference symbols refer the user to a specific Figure and from a specific Figure back to the Power Distribution Figures. This method eliminates the need to include detailed Power Distribution information on each of the Figures. Similarly, the Figure 02 – Ground Distribution details the ignition switched ground distribution. The reference symbols are defined on page 12. Each Figure appears on a right-hand page with a corresponding Data page to the left. The Figure and Data pages are folding pages. The user must fold out both pages in order to access all the information provided. Data Pages The Data page includes information to assist the user in identifying and locating components, connectors and grounds. This information is supplemented by the illustrations in this front section of the book. When network data is required for the understanding of a particular circuit, the user is directed to the Appendix. Where circuits include a Control Module, Pin Out information is provided with values for “active” and “inactive” states. The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. This information is provided to assist the user in understanding circuit operation and should be used FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

10

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

XK8 Range 1998

User Instructions

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

FIGURE NUMBER

Fig. 03.1

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION BODY PROCESSOR MODULE P

Pin

COMPONENT, RELAY, CONNECTOR AND GROUND INFORMATION

COMPONENTS

Description

Active

Inactive

Component

I

FC14-7

NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS

GROUND (N)

B+ (P, R, D, 4, 3, 2)

BATTERY

D

FC14-39

SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

Connector / Type / Color

Location / Access

BT66 / EYELET BT67 / EYELET

TRUNK, RIGHT HAND SIDE

I

FC14-41

STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST

GROUND (CRANKING)

B+

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

FC14 / 104-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY

PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET

O

FC14-73

STARTER RELAY ACTIVATE

GROUND (CRANKING)

B+

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

B+

B+

EM10 / 28-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREY EM11 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREY EM12 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREY EM13 / 34-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREY EM14 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / WHITE EM15 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / WHITE

I

FC14-80

BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE

D

FC14-92


ENGINE CONTROL MODULE P

Pin

Description

Active

Inactive

D

EM10-6

OK TO START – ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

I

EM10-15

PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION

B+ (P, N)

GROUND (R,D,4,3,2)

D

EM10-17



I

EM11-6

ENGINE CRANK

GROUND (CRANKING)

B+

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE P

Pin

Description

Active

D

FC22-9

GLASS BREAKAGE / OK TO START (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)

D

FC22-16

OK TO START (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)

D

FC22-17

SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)

GENERATOR

AN1 / EYELET AN2 / EYELET ST11 / EYELET

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RIGHT FRONT

HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE

BT60 / EYELET BT61 / EYELET BT62 / EYELET BT63 / EYELET

TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY

IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH)

FC4 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

STEERING COLUMN

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE

FC22 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN

ADJACENT TO DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX

NEUTRAL SWITCH

FC89 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY

REGULATOR (GENERATOR)

PI50 / 3-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / BLACK

STARTER MOTOR

ST2 / EYELET ST3 / EYELET ST10 / EYELET

ENGINE BLOCK

SUPPRESSION MODULE

AN3 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC/ RED

REARWARD OF RIGHT FRONT HEADLAMP

Inactive

GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / GENERATOR

RELAYS Relay

Color / Stripe

Connector / Color

Location / Access

STARTER RELAY

BROWN

EM50 / BROWN

RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS Connector

Type / Color

Location / Access

BT80

EYELET

EM1

20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE

EM2

18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW


EM3

14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY


EM60

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FALSE BULKHEAD, RIGHT HAND SIDE

2-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LEFT INNER FENDER HEAT SHIELD

PI1

57-WAY SUMITOMO / BLACK

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

ST1

EYELET

ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FALSE BULKHEAD, RIGHT HAND SIDE

GROUNDS Ground

Location / Type

BT68

BATTERY GROUND STUD

FC3BR

EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data: I Input O Output SG Signal Ground

D C S

Serial and encoded communications CAN (Network) SCP Network

B+ Battery voltage V Voltage (DC) Hz Frequency

KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS, CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

DATE OF ISSUE

DATA PAGE

FIGURE

MODEL RANGE AND YEAR

TITLE

FIGURE NUMBER

Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 N/A

XK8 Range 1998

FALSE BULKHEAD STUD CONNECTOR

N

BT80

BT61 250A x 2

B

N

BT67

BT68

BT66

BT60

N

BT63

250A

01.1


BATTERY

NB

15

B+ FC14-80

RW

1

WO

II

02.1

Y

FC4-3

BK

WN

I

75

SU

NW

3

5

WR

WK

1

2

GO

D

37

FC14-92

IGNITION SWITCH (III)

FC3BL

EM50

D FC14-39

02.1

FC4-2

FC4-5

GO EMS28

EM1-15

I FC14-41

FC4-1

FCS48

GO

GO

O FC14-73

RW

III

BK

N

ST1

01.1

BT62

N

Fig. 03.1


II ENGINE CRANKING CONTROL

STARTER RELAY BK FCS47

BK

BK

LOGIC

RU

RU

FC89-3

I FC14-7

FC89-1

POWER

NEUTRAL SWITCH

FC3BR


GO

I ENGINE START

EM11-6

FUEL PUMP CONTROL AND IGNITION

SU

D GLASS BREAKAGE


FC22-9

PARK, NEUTRAL (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

G

05.1

I EM10-15


D

O.K. TO START

D

Y

Y EM10-17

Y FCS74

EM3-8

D SECURITY

ACKNOWLEDGE

FC22-17

O

O EM10-6

EM2-18

D O.K. TO START FC22-16


KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE WR

WR EM60-2

ST3 ST2

N

6

N

B 31

WP

ST10

II MAJOR INSTRUMENT PASK: CHARGE INDICATOR (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

08.1

PI50-2

SW

SW EM1-14

SW PI1-11

STARTER MOTOR

REGULATOR

PI50-1

B

N AN1

AN3-1

ST11

B AN2

AN3-2

GENERATOR SUPPRESSION MODULE

1

6

1

5

7

51

Fig. 01.2

6 II

II

52

84

Fig. 01.3

40

60

Fig. 01.1 II

E

E

39

E

1 Fig. 01.5

KEY TO REFERENCE SYMBOLS

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

I

Fig. 01.4 18 I

Input

O

Output

D

Serial and Encoded Communications

Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

FIGURE PAGE

VARIANT: AJ26 N/A Vehicles VIN RANGE: 024687 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

VARIANT, VIN RANGE AND DATE OF ISSUE

11

User Instructions

XK8 Range 1998

NOTE: In the examples shown on this page, an ‘X’ is used where a number would appear on an actual Figure.

Reference Symbols Reference symbols are used for three purposes: • to allow the user to complete the individual system circuit to power supply or ground • to refer the user to a related circuit • to identify control module inputs, outputs and signal grounds Battery Power Supply

X

This symbol represents a direct battery power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.2 or 01.3. X

X

I

II

X E

Ignition Switched Power Supply

This symbol represents ignition switched power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.4 or 01.5. The suffix I indicates auxiliary power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION). The suffix II indicates ignition power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE CRANK). The suffix E indicates engine management switched power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE CRANK) under ECM control. X

XX

XX

I

II

Ignition Switched Ground

This symbol represents an ignition switched ground and refers the user to Figure 02.1. This symbol without a suffix indicates CRANK. Ground is completed in ignition switch key position III (ENGINE CRANK). The suffix I indicates auxiliary ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION). The suffix II indicates ignition ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE CRANK). XX.X

BPM

Figure Number Reference Flag

This symbol refers the reader to a figure number only. It does not refer to a flag with the same number on a different figure. As used in Figures 01.1 through 02.1, the reference flag refers the user to a continuation of the circuit. In this instance, the user matches the number to a Power Supply or Ground symbol to trace the circuit. In most other cases, it is not necessary to refer to another figure for completion of a circuit, as the reference flags are used to indicate parallel circuits and circuits that share components. Most of the circuits where this situation occurs are overlapped to avoid the necessity for cross-referencing to another figure. Exceptions to this rule are instances where signals are transmitted to or received from other system circuits. When circuits are not overlapped, they are noted by (CIRCUIT CONTINUED). BPM Because the Body Processor Module appears numerous times, the abbreviation BPM is used in the reference flags on Figures 01.2 and 02.1 in order to conserve space. Control Module Input, Output, Data Link, Signal Ground and Network(s) I

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

These six symbols are employed to assist the user in visualizing the ‘logic’ of circuits containing control modules. The symbols identify control module input, output, data link, signal ground and network pins. These symbols are also employed on the corresponding data page.

12

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

XK8 Range 1998 Wiring Symbols

User Instructions Wiring Color Codes N B W K G R Y

SPLICE SIMPLIFIED SPLICE

BULB

Brown Black White Pink Green Red Yellow

O S L U P BRD

Orange Slate Light Blue Purple Braid

CAPACITOR

When a wire has two or more color code letters, the first letter indicates the main color and the subsequent letter(s) indicate the tracer color(s).

CONNECTOR

Wiring Harness Codes DIODE

DIODE (IN HARNESS) XX1-X

EYELET AND STUD

FUSE

LOGIC GROUND

POWER GROUND

LED LED

MOTOR

POTENTIOMETER

RESISTOR

SOLENOID

SUPPRESSION DIODE

SUPPRESSION RESISTOR

THERMISTOR

TRANSISTOR

XX1

XX1-X

Code AC AN AS BB BC BL BT DD DP EL EM EN FC FL FR IC IS LF LL PI QL QR RF RH RL RR RT SA SC SD SP SW TL

Description Air Conditioning (Climate Control) Generator Suppression Module Generator to Starter Trunk Bridging Link Main Power Distribution Trunk Lid Trunk Door, Driver Door, Passenger Engine Management Cruise Control Link Engine Management Engine Management Side Marker Link Fascia LH Front Wheel RH Front Wheel In-Car Entertainment Inclination Sensor Link Left Forward Power Steering Link Engine Convertible LH Quarter Light Link Convertible RH Quarter Light Link Roof Rearward LH Rear Wheel RH Rear Wheel Radio Telephone Starter to Generator Link Column Switchgear Seat, Driver Seat, Passenger Steering Wheel Telephone

Code Numbering When numbering connectors, grounds and splices, Jaguar Engineering uses a three-position format: AC001, AC002, etc. Because space is limited in this Electrical Guide, the codes have been shortened. Thus AC001-001 becomes AC1-1, AC002-001 becomes AC2-1, etc.

WIRE CONTINUED ZENER DIODE

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

13

User Instructions

XK8 Range 1998

Harness Component Numbers Connectors HARNESS CODE + CONNECTOR NUMBER + PIN NUMBER EXAMPLE: FC7-24 (pin number is separated by a dash) Where the pin number differs from LHD to RHD, the connector number will be further identified by (LHD) or (RHD).

FC7-24 Harness code

FC7-24 (LHD) FC7-15 (RHD) Pin number

Connector number

Splices HARNESS CODE + S (SPLICE) + SPLICE NUMBER EXAMPLE: RHS3 (no dash is used) NOTE: In order to avoid unnecessary circuit complication, multiple splices (more than two wires) within components, in wires leading from input components to multiple circuits and in harness ‘ground’ sides, are simplified so as not to show wires from other circuits.

RHS3

RHS3 SIMPLIFIED SPLICE

Harness code

Splice number

Splice

Diodes Harness diodes occur at connectors and are depicted as components and identified by a connector number. EXAMPLE:

BT29-1

BT29

BT29-2

Relay Connectors Relay connector numbers are shown within the relay. The connector number is shown in the upper portion of the relay; the pin (terminal) number is shown adjacent to the pin. Certain relays are paired and share a modular connector. In this instance, the connector number remains the same for both relays while the pin numbers of the second relay are identified by numbers 6 – 10. EXAMPLE: AC20

14

AC20

4

9

3

5

8

10

1

2

6

7

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

XK8 Range 1998

User Instructions

Grounds HARNESS CODE + GROUND STUD NUMBER + EYELET STUD POSITION (A,B,C) + EYELET DESIGNATION (S,L,R) Eyelet stud position There may be up to three eyelets on one stud. A, B and C are used to indicate the position of the eyelet on the stud: A – first (bottom), B – second (middle), C – third (top). Eyelet designation Two eyelet variations are used: a single eyelet and an eyelet pair. The single eyelet has a single ‘leg’, which is identified by an S; the eyelet pair has two ‘legs’, identified as L (left) or R (right). S

L

SINGLE EYELET

R

EYELET PAIR

EXAMPLES: Harness code

Harness code

Harness code

Ground stud number

Ground stud number

Ground stud number

FC2S

LF1AR

Single leg eyelet

BT1CS

RH leg of eyelet

Single leg eyelet

First eyelet on stud

Third eyelet on stud

Where the ground designation differs from LHD to RHD, the RHD ground is shown in parentheses. If the ground designation is the same for LHD and RHD, only one ground designation is used. EXAMPLES:

EM2AR (EM1AR)

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

LHD Vehicles RHD Vehicles

BT1AL

Same for LHD & RHD Vehicles

15

Connectors

XK8 Range 1998

The following connectors are the common harness-to-harness connectors used throughout the vehicle. Multilock 040 Low current (used as harness and ‘direct’ connection connector).

Multilock 070 High current (used as harness and ‘direct’ connection connector).

Econoseal III LC Low current sealed connector.

Econoseal III HC High current sealed connector.

Ford Card Used for SRS only.

16

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

XK8 Range 1998

Main Power Distribution; Ground Point Identification and Location

GROUND POINTS

Main Power Distribution; Ground Point Identification and Location

MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX

GENERATOR LF70 ST11

LF1 STARTER MOTOR ST3

LF2

FALSE BULKHEAD STUD CONNECTOR BT80 ST1

ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX (RHD)

EM2

EM70

EM70

ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX (LHD)

EM1 RHD

LF3

FC4

FC3 (QUIET GROUND)

FC2 DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX (LHD) PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX (RHD) FC1 CE2 RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT GROUND

FC90 FC93

RHD

BT79 EM71 FC91 LF71

PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX (LHD) DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX (RHD)

FC90 FC92

TUNNEL STUD CONNECTOR

FC6

FC5

RH3 (KEYFOB ANTENNA)

RH2

RH1

RADIO ANTENNA GROUND BT61

HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT68 BATTERY GROUND

BT62 BT63

BT60

BT66

+

BT1 BT2 BT3

BATTERY

–

BT68 BT67

TRUNK FUSE BOX

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

BT64

17

Harness Layout

XK8 Range 1998

Harness Layout

LHD

RHD

FRONT OF VEHICLE

FRONT OF VEHICLE

LF2

LF1

LF2

LF41

LF1

LF41

LF42

FR – RH FRONT WHEEL

FL – LH FRONT WHEEL

LF42

FR – RH FRONT WHEEL

FL – LH FRONT WHEEL

ST – STARTER LINK PI – ENGINE

LL – POWER STEERING LINK EL – ENGINE MANAGEMENT CRUISE CONTROL LINK OR EN – ENGINE MANAGEMENT SIDE MARKER LINK

LF – LEFT FORWARD PI1 PI2

LF3

LF3 LF40

EM60

EM2

LL1

EL1

EM – ENGINE MANAGEMENT

LF1 LF2 LF60

AC12 AC13 AC14 AC15

AC16

EM1 EM2 EM3

FC3

DD – DRIVER’S DOOR

SC – COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

LF1 LF2 LF60

DP1

DP – PASSENGER’S DOOR

DP – PASSENGER’S DOOR

EM60

EL1

EM1

EM2

AC – AIR CONDITIONING (CLIMATE CONTROL)

DP1

FC2 SC1 SC2 SC3 SC4

PI1 PI2

LF3

FC1

FC4

EL – ENGINE MANAGEMENT CRUISE CONTROL LINK OR EN – ENGINE MANAGEMENT SIDE MARKER LINK

LF – LEFT FORWARD

LF3 LF40

EM1

AC – AIR CONDITIONING (CLIMATE CONTROL)

DD1

ST – STARTER LINK

PI – ENGINE

EM – ENGINE MANAGEMENT

AC12 AC13 AC14 AC15

AC16

EM1 EM2 EM3

DD1

FC3

FC1

FC4

FC2

RF1

RF1

RF – ROOF

DD – DRIVER’S DOOR

SC1 SC2 SC3 SC4

SC – COLUMN SWITCHGEAR SW1 SW2

SW – STEERING WHEEL

FC – FASCIA

TL – TELEPHONE

FC – FASCIA

SW1 SW2

TL – TELEPHONE

RT – RADIO TELEPHONE

RT20

RT3

IC1 IC2

IC – IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT

RF – ROOF

RT20

RT3

IC1 IC2

RT – RADIO TELEPHONE IC – IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT

FC5

FC6 IC4

FC5

FC6 IC4

SD1 SD2

SD – DRIVER’S SEAT

SP1 SP2

SP – PASSENGER’S SEAT

RH1 RH2 RH12 RH14

RH2

RH5

RH6

RH1

QL – CONVERTIBLE LH QUARTER LIGHT LINK

BT3

BB1

SP1 SP2

SP – PASSENGER’S SEAT

BT1 BT2 BT3 BT4 BT58

SD1 SD2

BL1

RH2

QR – CONVERTIBLE RH QUARTER LIGHT LINK

RH5

RH6

18

RH1

QL – CONVERTIBLE LH QUARTER LIGHT LINK

BT3

BT1

BB1

BT1 BT2 BT3 BT4 BT58

QR – CONVERTIBLE RH QUARTER LIGHT LINK

BT1

BT2 BT73

BT72

RR – RH REAR WHEEL

RL – LH REAR WHEEL

BL1

BT73

RR – RH REAR WHEEL BL – TRUNK LID

BL – TRUNK LID BB – TRUNK BRIDGING LINK

RH – REARWARD

BT – TRUNK

BT2 BT72

SD – DRIVER’S SEAT

RH1 RH2 RH12 RH14

RH – REARWARD

BT – TRUNK

RL – LH REAR WHEEL

SW – STEERING WHEEL

BB – TRUNK BRIDGING LINK

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

XK8 Range 1998

Control Module Identification and Location

LHD

RHD

RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE

Control Module Identification and Location

RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE

ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE


AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE


MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE

AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE

AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK

DIMMER MODULE DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE


PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE DIMMER MODULE


DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE

DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE


GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE


SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997


LAMP CONTROL MODULE

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE

LAMP CONTROL MODULE

19

Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location

XK8 Range 1998


ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 N/A

EM7 EM7 / 88-WAY / BLACK

LF37

28 BY

27 —

55 WB 88 —

87 —

86 Y

26 ND 54 WB

85 G

25 —

53 RU 84 —

24 —

23 BRD

52 RY 83 Y

51 OB 82 G

22 UY

50 —

21 BU 49 —

81 —

80 —

79 —

20 —

19 —

18 BS

17 —

16 U

15 BRD

14 N

13 US

12 RP

11 —

10 —

9 W

8 RB

7 —

48 —

47 —

46 —

45 RG

44 R

43 —

42 G

41 —

40 —

39 —

38 —

37 Y

36 S

35 —

78 —

77 —

76 —

75 —

74 —

73 —

72 —

71 —

70 —

69 —

68 —

67 —

66 —

65 —

6 B 34 B 64 —

5 OG 33 YP

4 OK

32 YU

63 —

62 —

L G

H Y

3 — 31 —

2 RS 30 YB

61 —

60 —

1 OU 29 OR

59 —

58 —

57 —

56 —

2 UG

1 WR

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 SC

LF37 / 25-WAY / BLACK

TOP

17 W

18 R 10 —

1 UO

19 UP 11 —

2 US

20 WU 12 —

3 S

21 P

13 UB 4 G

22 U 14 R

5 Y

23 — 15 G

6 Y

24 B

25 WY

8 B

9 NR

EM73

EM72

16 RY 7 O

EM73 / 18-WAY / BLACK 23 — 1 YU

2 BS

24 — 3 P

EM72 / 14-WAY / BLACK

25 26 27 28 LGB LGU LGP LGN 4 —

5 —

6 —

7 —

8 —

29 WB

30 B 9 —

33 B 10 —

12 BG

34 BY 13 BW

35 BU 14 BK

36 BO

15 BLG

37 BN 16 BP

38 BR 17 BS


EM14

EM15

EM13

EM12

EM11

EM10

AJ26 N/A EM14 / 12-WAY / WHITE

EM15 / 22-WAY / WHITE

6 R

5 R

4 BK

3 WR

2 GY

1 GY

11 B

12 G

11 G

10 B

9 B

8 B

7 B

22 B

EM13 / 34-WAY / GREY

10 —

9 RY

8 RG

7 BU

6 BW

5 BY

4 BO

3 PN

21 —

20 —

19 —

18 BS

17 BN

16 BG

15 BP

14 —

2 PU

1 PS

13 —

12 B

10 — 16 WU

9 KW

8 —

7 —

15 W

6 — 14 GR

26 25 24 23 LGU LGW LGO LGK

5 —

4 OK

EM12 / 22-WAY / GREY 3 SP

13 PY 22 UB

2 W

12 RW 21 —

34 33 32 31 LPG LGS LGR LGY

20 B 30 —

19 Y

1 KN 11 PW

18 S

29 O

28 P

6 YW 11 —

10 RY

17 N 27 BG

5 WU

17 U

3 —

9 SG 16 N

22 BP

4 —

21 —

2 —

EM11 / 16-WAY / GREY 1 —

8 SLG 15 R

14 G

13 GY

20 —

4 WU 7 —

16 K

10 G 15 R


1 SR 6 GO

11 U 18 BY

2 —

7 RG

12 UP 19 BY

3 P

9 UY 14 BG

8 — 5 SG

13 O

8 UW 13 BY

12 BG

7 —

6 O

5 WK

12 K 21 UW

28 Y

4 UN

3 ULG

11 PG 20 BG

27 G

19 — 26 Y

18 —

10 US 17 Y

16 PK

25 G

15 G

9 NO

14 OU

24 —

23 BK

22 B

AJ26 SC EM14 / 12-WAY / WHITE

EM15 / 22-WAY / WHITE

6 R

5 R

4 BK

3 WR

2 GY

1 GY

11 B

12 G

11 G

10 B

9 B

8 B

7 B

22 B


10 —

9 —

8 —

7 BU

6 BW

5 BY

4 BO

3 PN

21 —

20 —

19 —

18 BS

17 BN

16 BG

15 BP

14 —

2 PU

1 PS

13 —

12 B

10 RY 16 WU

9 KW

8 —

7 —

15 W

6 — 14 GR

26 25 24 23 LGU LGW LGO LGK 34 33 32 31 LPG LGS LGR LGY

20

5 —

4 OK

EM12 / 22-WAY / GREY 3 SP

13 PY 22 UB

2 W

12 RW 21 —

20 B 30 —

19 Y 29 O

1 KN 11 PW

18 S 28 P

6 YW 11 —

17 N 27 BG

5 WU

10 RY 17 U

22 BP

3 YN

9 SG 16 N

21 —

4 YR

EM11 / 16-WAY / GREY 1 YU

8 SLG 15 R

20 —

2 YG

14 G

13 GY

4 WU 7 —

16 K

10 G 15 R

9 UY 14 BG


1 SR 6 GO

11 U 18 BY

2 —

7 RG

12 UP 19 BY

3 P

8 — 5 SG

13 O

8 UW 13 BY

12 BG

7 —

5 WK

12 K 21 UW

28 Y

6 O

27 G

4 UN

3 ULG

2 UG

11 PG 20 BG

19 — 26 Y

18 —

1 WR

10 US 17 Y

16 PK

25 G

DATE OF ISSUE:

15 G 24 —

9 NO

14 OU 23 BK

22 B

FEBRUARY 1998

XK8 Range 1998



SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK BT41

BT40

BT41 / 26-WAY / BLACK (NAS)

BT40 / 16-WAY / BLACK

13 —

12 —

11 —

10 —

9 —

8 —

7 YP

6 —

5 RY

4 —

3 LGY

2 —

1 R

8 S

7 OG

6 NK

5 YW

4 GW

3 UG

2 OB

1 OR

26 —

25 —

24 —

23 —

22 —

21 —

20 —

19 YR

18 —

17 —

16 —

15 —

14 —

16 U

15 NY

14 BK

13 BK

12 —

11 UO

10 —

9 GR

BT41 / 26-WAY / BLACK (ROW)

FC25

13 —

12 —

11 —

10 BK

9 —

8 LGS

7 —

6 —

5 RY

4 —

3 —

2 —

1 —

26 YO

25 —

24 —

23 —

22 —

21 —

20 —

19 YR

18 —

17 —

16 —

15 —

14 —

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

FC26

FC25 / 48-WAY / BLACK

FC26 / 24-WAY / BLACK

1 BK

2 WG

3 RN

4 —

5 —

6 SO

7 —

8 —

9 —

10 SU

11 —

12 —

13 UY

14 R

15 —

16 —

17 —

18 —

19 S

20 U

21 —

22 —

23 Y

24 Y

1 RK

2 OW

3 PY

4 SG

5 OU

6 UB

7 ON

8 RG

9 RS

10 OB

11 RB

12 RU

25 NR

26 B

27 RO

28 RO

29 —

30 —

31 —

32 —

33 BR

34 —

35 Y

36 O

37 —

38 —

39 —

40 —

41 —

42 —

43 —

44 —

45 —

46 —

47 G

48 G

13 BW

14 RW

15 OU

16 YW

17 OS

18 OG

19 OS

20 UW

21 RLG

22 SW

23 OP

24 UR

DD11

DD10

DD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK 7 BP 15 WG

6 KS 14 —

22 UN


5 LGU 13 —

21 UP

4 OU

12 OY 20 GY

3 SN 11 —

19 —

2 UG

10 YO 18 —

DD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE 1 OB

9 YN 17 OR

7 OB 8 —

15 OU

16 —

6 SU

14 GW 22 PK

5 SY 13 PO

21 PU

4 PN

12 PW

20 WU

3 PG 11 PB

19 BR

2 BY 10 BG

18 BO

1 N 9 U

17 B

8 BK 16 S

PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE FC14

FC14 / 104-WAY / GREY 79 NG

80 NB 53 RK

27 GO

81 GR 54 RB

28 RW 1 RY

2 GY

82 GR 55 SP

29 S

84 U

56 UW 30 U

3 GK

83 GB 57 —

31 SW 4 GU

85 S 58 SB

32 WN

5 SO

86 ON 59 PY

33 RG

6 YW

87 SK 60 RY

34 LGK 7 RU

8 —

88 YG 61 KG

89 LGR

62 LGU

63 SW

35 36 37 OU LGW LGR 9 LGU

10 SR

90 BG

11 YB

91 BW 64 —

38 OR

65 BK 39 Y

12 OP

92 SU

93 YK 66 PU

40 WU 13 GO

94 LGO 67 UR

41 RW

14 UB

15 WO

NOTE: (NAS) PIN 13 NOT USED

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

42 UY

95 RS

68 US

96 PW 69 OK

43 BLG 16 RY

44 OY

17 OS

97 —

70 GS

71 SR

45 UG 18 YS

98 GB

99 PN 72 —

46 —

19 20 WLG OG

100 BR 73 GO

47 —

101 PW

74 RW

48 OG 21 —

22 WB

102 NY 75 —

49 —

103 B

76 GK 50 GY

23 WO

77 GP

51 RW

24 NW

DP11

104 NY 78 PG

DP11 / 22-WAY / BLACK

52 BS 25 B

DP10

7 — 26 YG

15 —

6 — 14 —

22 —

5 LGU 13 —

21 —

4 —

12 — 20 GY

3 — 11 —

19 —

2 — 10 —

18 —

DP10 / 22-WAY / BLUE 1 —

9 — 17 —

7 OB 8 —

16 —

15 OU

6 SU

14 GW 22 PK

21 PU

5 SY 13 PO

4 PN

12 PW

20 WU

3 PG 11 PB

19 —

2 PY 10 BG

18 BO

1 N 9 U

17 B

8 BK 16 S

21


XK8 Range 1998



SD3


SD4

SD3 / 16-WAY / BLACK

SD5

SP3



SP5

SP3 / 16-WAY / BLACK

SP5 / 10-WAY / BLACK

9 UY

10 UW

11 KW

12 KY

13 GN

14 GP

15 GW

16 GY

14 WP

15 —

16 —

17 —

18 WB

19 —

20 —

21 —

22 —

23 —

24 —

25 —

26 —

6 —

7 —

8 G

9 S

10 U

9 UY

10 UW

11 KW

12 KY

13 GN

14 GP

15 GW

16 GY

6 —

7 —

8 G

9 S

10 U

1 PS

2 PO

3 OK

4 R

5 OB

6 OR

7 KS

8 KO

1 WG

2 WU

3 B

4 —

5 W

6 WN

7 —

8 —

9 —

10 WR

11 WY

12 WO

13 —

1 B

2 B

3 US

4 UO

5 NK

1 PS

2 PO

3 OK

4 R

5 OB

6 OR

7 KS

8 KO

1 B

2 B

3 US

4 UO

5 NK

KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE

BT69 FC22 FC29

FC30

FC22 / 20-WAY / GREEN (NAS) BT69 / 35-WAY / BLACK 19 —

FC29 / 12-WAY / BLACK 7 WK

8 OW

1 —

9 OP

FC30 / 12-WAY / GREY

10 —

2 —

3 —

4 BK

11 YU

5 YW

12 ON

12 BK

6 R

11 RS

6 WK

10 KU

9 KG

5 RG

4 KP

3 KN

8 RW

2 RP

1 SO

7 RW

20 PB 2 UP

21 UB

3 UW

22 RB 4 —

23 — 5 —

24 ON 6 —

25 U 7 —

26 US 8 —

27 NS 9 —

28 K 10 O

29 — 11 WR

30 OB 12 —

31 OW

13 OR

32 OK

14 OG

33 OY 15 OP

34 OU 16 —

35 — 17 —

10 —

9 SU

8 —

7 —

6 O

5 —

4 —

3 —

2 —

1 —

20 —

19 —

18 —

17 Y

16 O

15 —

14 —

13 —

12 —

11 —

18 B

FC22 / 20-WAY / GREEN (ROW)

1 —

10 —

9 SU

8 OG

7 OR

6 O

5 —

4 NR

3 —

2 —

1 SB

20 —

19 —

18 —

17 Y

16 O

15 —

14 WO

13 WN

12 BK

11 —

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE LAMP CONTROL MODULE

AC4

AC4 / 22-WAY / BLACK

22

12 WR

13 B

1 WP

2 GY

14 B

15 GW

16 OU

17 UB

3 WN

4 WU

5 NY

6 PY

18 19 LGW BW 7 UG

8 P

AC3

AC2

AC3 / 12-WAY / GREY 20 BK

21 O

9 UN

10 K

22 — 11 —

BT18

AC1

AC2 / 16-WAY / GREY

BT18 / 26-WAY / YELLOW

AC1 / 26-WAY / GREY

7 SY

8 SR

9 —

10 WP

11 UB

12 KU

9 OU

10 OR

11 YG

12 —

13 UY

14 —

15 UK

16 GP

1 ULG

2 S

3 SG

4 SB

5 OY

6 UG

1 OP

2 RG

3 YW

4 —

5 SU

6 SG

7 US

8 GO

14 —

15 —

1 RLG

2 U

16 LGN

17 RW

18 LGP

19 RU

20 SR

21 Y

22 NR

23 —

3 UY

4 PS

5 LGR

6 RY

7 PR

8 PY

9 RB

10 —

24 —

25 UR

26 GU

11 —

12 UW

13 UO

1 —

2 —

3 —

4 —

5 —

6 —

7 —

8 —

9 —

10 —

11 —

12 —

13 —

14 UP

15 UO

16 RY

17 RK

18 RU

19 UB

20 UW

21 RO

22 RG

23 RW

24 WG

25 R

26 BK

DATE OF ISSUE:

SEPTEMBER 1997

XK8 Range 1998

Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location

Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location

NOTE: RELAY COLORS ARE WRITTEN AS CASE COLOR (STRIPE) / CONNECTOR COLOR. FOR EXAMPLE, BLACK (BLUE) / BLUE INDICATES A RELAY HAVING A BLACK CASE WITH A BLUE STRIPE AND A BLUE CONNECTOR. IF THERE IS NO COLOR SHOWN IN PARENTHESES, THE RELAY CASE DOES NOT HAVE A STRIPE. SOME RELAYS CONNECT DIRECTLY TO A FUSE BOX BUS. THE CONNECTOR COLOR FOR THESE RELAYS IS IDENTIFIED AS “BUS”. Fuel injection relay brown / brown Throttle motor power relay brown / brown Ignition coil relay brown / brown

Wiper FAST/SLOW relay black / black LH blower motor relay black (blue) / blue

Wiper RUN/STOP relay black / black Door mirror heater relay black (blue) / blue

RH blower motor relay black (blue) / blue Driver side fuse box (LHD) Passenger side fuse box (RHD)

DRIVESHAFT TUNNEL RELAYS

LH FASCIA RELAYS

EMS control relay brown / bus

Air conditioning compressor clutch relay brown / brown

Ignition positive relay (LHD) Auxiliary positive relay (RHD) brown / bus

Engine Management fuse box

CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS (RHD)

LH ENCLOSURE RELAYS

Heater pump relay brown / bus Front fog relay brown / bus Main beam relay brown / bus

Powerwash relay brown / bus Dip beam relay brown / bus Horn relay brown / bus Ignition positive relay brown / bus

Engine compartment fuse box

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX RELAYS

TRUNK RELAYS:

➞ VIN 024687

Tail lamp relay brown / bus Heated backlight relay brown / bus Rear fog relay brown / bus Top up relay black / black Top down relay black / black

Fuel pump relay brown / bus Stop lamp relay brown / bus Accessory connector relay brown / bus Ignition positive relay brown / bus

RH FASCIA RELAYS LH quarter up relay / LH quarter down relay black (violet) / violet

Passenger side fuse box (LHD) Driver side fuse box (RHD)

RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS Auxiliary positive relay (LHD) Ignition positive relay (RHD) brown / bus

CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS (LHD)

Intercooler pump relay (RHD): VIN 024687 brown / brown

RH quarter up relay / RH quarter down relay black (violet) / violet

➞

Heated backlight relay brown / bus

➞

RH windshield heater relay brown / brown

Fuel pump 1 relay brown / bus Stop lamp relay brown / bus Accessory connector relay brown / bus Ignition positive relay brown / bus Trunk fuse box

FEBRUARY 1998

Starter relay brown / brown

Intercooler pump relay (LHD): VIN 024687 brown / brown Fuel injection relay brown / brown Throttle motor power relay brown / brown Ignition coil relay brown / brown

LH windshield heater relay brown / brown

Rear fog relay brown / bus

DATE OF ISSUE:

Door locking relay black (violet) / violet Air conditioning isolate relay black (violet) / violet

Tail lamp relay brown / bus

Engine Management fuse box EMS control relay brown / bus

Trunk fuse box

TRUNK RELAYS: VIN 024687

➞

Top up relay black / black Top down relay black / black LH quarter up relay / LH quarter down relay black (violet) / violet Fuel pump 2 relay brown / brown RH quarter up relay / RH quarter down relay black (violet) / violet

23

XK8 Range 1998

Main Power Distribution

TUNNEL STUD CONNECTOR


N

N

N BT80

BT61 250A x 2

B

N

N BT67

BT62 BT60

BT66

BATTERY

EM71

FC91

LF71

ST1

6

03.1

04.1

04.2

03.2

STARTER

N

N

BT63

250A

BT79

Fig. 01.1

Main Power Distribution

N N


BT68

(RHD) (LHD)

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE: WINDOW LIFT OPERATION (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE: WINDOW LIFT OPERATION (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

15.1 15.1

NO

26

PK BT44-2

11

NY

48

II

25 A BT44-1

N

II

RG

N

N

BT64

FC90

N

RG

FC6-6

N

LF7-9

FC93

FC92

EM20-6

FC90

LF70

EM70

BT49

BT2-14

TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE

2

1

1

2

1

2

2

1

1

2

5

3

5

3

5

3

5

3

5

3

IGNITION POSITIVE RELAY

1 KY RH2-20

N

FC21-6

KY

9

II

WN

N

BT12-9

B+ (BT66)

(BT65)

10

I

RG

BATTERY POST KY

12

2

1

II

O

AUXILIARY POSITIVE RELAY


3

2

I


4

3

II

EMS CONTROL RELAY

5

4

II

5

E

FC14-97

WO

5

I

II

FC14-15

WN

16

I

I

FC14-32

LOGIC

1

09.2

1

07.2

2

07.2

2

09.1

3

09.2

3

09.1

4

04.3

4

14.1

5

09.2

5

09.1

6

18.1

6

13.2

04.6

04.8

13.3

18.1

TRUNK FUSE BOX

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

BATTERY POWER BUS

IGNITION POWER BUS

BATTERY POWER BUS

IGNITION POWER BUS

PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX

I

Fig. 01.4

BATTERY POWER BUS

IGNITION AUXILIARY POWER BUS

BATTERY POWER BUS

IGNITION POWER BUS


RELAYS

DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX


Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

BATTERY POWER BUS

RELAYS

ENGINE MANAGEMENT POWER BUS

POWER

ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

04.4

04.5

04.7

ECM CONTROL (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

XK8 Range 1998

3

FC6 -1

#2 10A

FC6 -5

NK

7

11.4

12.1

12.2

BATTERY POWER BUS

#1 20A

SD1-2

NS

NS

8

NU NU

#3 30A

NU

NU

FC6 -3

LFS20

LF1-20

NU RW

9

07.2 14.1

10 14.1

NK #1 20A

RW

RW #4 10A

FC6 -8

FCS39

RW NB

#5 15A

NB

FC5 -9

NR

#2 10A

FC21 -5

#3

FC21 -3

NR

NR

FC5 -10

NR

FCS19

NY #7 15A

FC5 -4

#8 5A

FC5 -7

NY NP

NP FCS5

N N

NP FC5 -2

#9

N

SDS6

NW (LHD) NU (RHD) #11 20A

NW (LHD) NU (RHD)

NW FC21 -8

FC6 -4

#15 25A

NO FCS81

FC5 -3

NO

N

AC16-1 (LHD) AC15-20 (RHD)

NO

NLG #17 10A

NO

NO

NLG

DDS2

18 13.2

09.1

09.2

12.1

12.2

12.3

NP

12.4

13.3

NP

FC20 -9

18.1

NY NY

13.3

#6 10A

FC20 -10

#7 20A

FC20 -4

20 11.2

RH14-2

NY NY

FCS23

NB N

N #8 5A

12.2

12.4

35 11.2

11.3

12.1

36 11.3

11.4

15.1

13.1

13.2

31 13.1 32 13.1 33 13.1 34 15.1

37 13.1 38 10.1

22 12.1

N

FC20 -7

12.2

N

SPS1

SP1-5

NP

23 07.2

#9 10A

FC20 -2

24 19.1

#11 20A

FC21 -2

#13

FC21 -4

#15 25A

FC20 -3

25 10.1

11.2

11.3

11.4

12.1

13.1

13.2

13.3

15.1

26 01.1

NP

NU (LHD) NW (RHD)

NY

NY FCS82

NY AC15-20 (LHD) AC16-1 (RHD)

41 07.1 42 11.2 43 12.3

12.4

44 12.3

12.4

45 16.1

16.2

16.3

47 10.1

11.3

13.1

48 01.1

15.1

27 18.1

NR

N

NY

NP NP

#18 10A

29 08.1

FC20 -6

FCS88

15.1

BT2-2

NG

FC20 -1

28 18.1

46 07.2

DP1-22

NY

NG #17 15A

NLG

NP

49 BPM 50 10.2 51 10.2


7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 E

13.3

40 07.1

AC15-2 (LHD) AC16-3 (RHD)

NY

BT58-2

FC5 -6

6 5

13.2

39 16.4

BPM

II

15.1

IC2-13

15.1


1

13.3

AC12-20

NB

19 BPM

21 12.1

NW NW

RH2-13

NLG

NR #18 5A

NW

15 BPM

BT2-8

FCS40

FC5 -1

NW DD1-4

DD1-22

RH2-8

NLG

NW

14 17.1

17 13.2

NW

ACS3

NU (LHD) NW (RHD) NY

NO

DPS2

NW AC13-14

NW

AC16-3 (LHD) AC15-2 (RHD)

NY #13 5A

NW NW

NW

13 17.1

16 06.1

12.3

NOTE: SPS1 – 3-way seat only.

SD1-5

FC6 -2

NR

FCS89

11 14.1

RF1-7

NR

NR

DP1-4

12 17.1

30 11.4

SP1-2

NR

#5 5A

#6 5A

NK

FC21 -1

#4 5A

1

Fig. 01.2

2

NK BATTERY POWER BUS

Battery Power Distribution: Driver and Passenger Side Fuse Boxes

Battery Power Distribution: Driver and Passenger Side Fuse Boxes

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

➞

NOTE: Body Processor Module appears in numerous Figures.

XK8 Range 1998

1

4

NK

BATTERY POWER BUS

NK NK #1 5A

NK

(CONV.) BTS36

BT13 -7

NK NK NS

#2 20A

NS

BT13 -1

NG NG

#9 10A

NG

NG BTS42

BT11 -3

RELAYS Fig. 01.1

52 09.2

11.4

15.2

53 15.2 54 15.2 55 15.2 56 15.2

NG

58 16.1

16.2

#10 10A

NY

BT13 -2

NU NU

#12 20A (CONV.)

NU

BTS32

BT12 -3

NO NO #14 40A (CONV.)

BT13 -4

#16

BT12 -4

#18

BT10 -1

#20 20A (CONV.)

NO

BTS4

NR NR NR

BTS31

BT10 -3

NW #22 20A

NW

LF6 -3

#10

LF8 -2

#12 30A

LF7 -3

#14 30A

LF8 -4

#16 30A

LF7 -4

16.3

59 16.3

68 13.2

NLG

69 04.3

NG

70 04.3

NY

04.6 04.6

04.8 04.8

07.2

II

E

#3 25A

EM20 -3

61 13.1

13.2

NW

NW

NW

NW NO (N/A) NO

EMS41

EM20 -8

(SC)

72 06.1

#18 30A

LF5 -1

#20

LF5 -3

#5 10A

EM19 -9

#22

LF5 -2

#6

EM19 -10

#7

EM19 -4

#8 10A

EM19 -7

#9 30A

EM19 -2

#11

EM20 -2

#13

EM20 -4

#15 30A

EM19 -3

#17 30A

EM19 -1

NO

NY

NY

NLG

NLG

NG

NG

NG

NG

NP

NP

NW

NW

51

Fig. 01.2

52

81

Fig. 01.3


63 15.2 64 15.2

66 15.2 67 15.2 67A 04.6

38

II

II

E

73 03.1

03.2

74 04.1

04.2

04.4

04.5

75 05.1 75A 04.7

NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.

76 04.3

04.6

04.8

77 04.3

04.6

04.8

07.2

78 04.1

04.2

04.4

04.5

04.6

04.8

65 15.2

6 39


62 15.2

04.8

NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞. #18 10A

7

72A 04.8

13.3

EM19 -6


6 5

EM20 -5

#4 5A

BT12 -7

Fig. 01.1 1

#2 20A

NO

TRUNK FUSE BOX

1

EM20 -1

07.2

71 06.1

NR

#1

60 16.3

IC4-2

NY

NW #9 10A

57 11.5

IC4-1

NG

Fig. 01.3

5

BATTERY POWER BUS

(COUPE)

BATTERY POWER BUS

RELAYS Fig. 01.1

Battery Power Distribution: Trunk, Engine Compartment and EMS Fuse Boxes

Battery Power Distribution: Trunk, Engine Compartment and EMS Fuse Boxes

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1


➞

79 07.2 80 07.2 81 04.3

04.7

XK8 Range 1998

Ignition Switched Power Distribution

1

II

II

WU

IGNITION POWER BUS

WU #10 5A

6 II

FC6 -7

WP

7 II

WP

8 II

WP #12 10A

WP FCS8

FC6 -10

WP

WP

9 II

ACS17

AC15-3

WP

FCS29

FC5 -8

WR

EMS15

WR #16 5A


12 04.3 II

BT13 -9

#5

BT11 -2

WR

FC21 -10

04.6

WG

13 08.1 II

WG

14 04.1 II

WG

15 17.1 II

WR

16 11.4 II

WR

17 07.2 II

WR

18 07.2 II

WR

19 05.1 II

05.2

WR

20 05.1 II

05.2

WR

20A 05.2 II

#14 20A

FC20 -8

#16

FC20 -5

LG

LG

21 16.4 I

WY

WY

22 16.1 I

WU

23 18.1 I

IC2-12

WU

24A 04.6 II

WR

25 11.5 II

WB

26A 05.2 II

WB

27 05.1 II

WB

28 05.1 II

WP

29 03.1 II

WR

30 13.2 II

WR

31 09.3 II

WR

32 09.3 II

WR

33 09.3 II

WU

34 06.1 II

WK

35 03.1 II

03.2

WK

36 04.1 II

04.2

04.4

WK

37 04.3 II

04.6

04.8

04.2

04.8

NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞.

1

09.2

2

07.2

4

04.3

04.8

RELAYS

TRUNK FUSE BOX


4 (SC)

WB

16.2

#1 10A

LF8 -7

#2 5A

LF8 -1

WB

(N/A) EMS42

LF40-13

WP

WP PI2-12

LF3-13

16.3

WR #3 5A

LFS5

LF8 -8

WR LF60-9

WU LF8 -9

WK #5 10A


LF6 -2

WK LF40-10

WR

EMS6

LF5 -9

38 II

1 07.2 2 09.1 RELAYS


6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I


04.6

#4 5A

1

04.8

WG

II

FC21 -7

WG BTS1

BT10 -9

IGNITION POWER BUS

IGNITION AUXILIARY POWER BUS

#4 5A

24 09.2 II

II

I

#12 5A

BT13 -8

26

2

#10 5A

WG #3 5A

WG

07.2

WG

FCS63

FC5 -5

07.1

11 11.1 II

WR EM2-3

07.2

WP

RF1-1

WR

19.1

10 07.2 II

WG #14 10A

IGNITION POWER BUS

3

Fig. 01.4

Ignition Switched Power Distribution

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1


➞


03.2

04.5

04.7

XK8 Range 1998

Engine Management Switched Power Supplies

Engine Management Switched Power Supplies

5

ENGINE MANAGEMENT POWER BUS

E

WR #10 5A

39 04.1 E

04.2

04.4

04.5

04.7

WR

40 04.1 E

04.2

04.4

04.5

04.7

WR

41 05.1 E

WR

42 04.1 E

04.2

04.4

04.5

04.7

WR

43 04.1 E

04.2

04.4

04.5

04.7

WU

44 04.1 E

04.2

04.4

04.5

04.7

WU

45 04.3 E

04.6

04.8

07.2

WU

46 04.1 E

04.2

04.4

04.5

WU

47 04.1 E

04.2

04.4

04.5

WU

48 04.1 E

04.2

04.4

04.5

WU

48A 04.7 E

WP

49 04.1 E

04.2

04.4

04.5

04.7

WP

50 04.1 E

04.2

04.4

04.5

04.7

WP

51 04.1 E

04.2

04.4

04.5

04.7

WP

52 04.3 E

04.6

04.8

WP

53 04.1 E

04.2

04.4

04.5

04.7

WP

54 04.3 E

04.6

04.8

07.2

WP

54A 04.7 E


WP

54B 04.7 E


WY

55 04.1 E

EMS7

EM20 -7

WR

WR ELS3

EL1-1

WU

WU LFS24

LF40-12

WU #12 10A

WR

WU EMS16

EM20 -10

WU

(N/A) PIS6

PI1-28

NOTE: LF3-9 introduced VIN 024687 ➞.

(SC)

WP LF3-9

WP #14 10A

EMS30

EM19 -8

WP

WP PI1-47

PIS8

WY #16 5A

EM19 -5


04.2

04.4

04.5

04.7


1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1


➞

Fig. 01.5

XK8 Range 1998

Ignition Switched Ground Distribution

III

III

III

III

II

II

II

II

I

I

I

I

IGNITION SWITCH (OFF)

IGNITION SWITCH (I)

IGNITION SWITCH (II)


WO

2 II

WO RW

III

1

WO

FCS48

FC4-5

BK

WO

FCS26

5 II

WN

I

4 II

WO FC4-3

BK

3 II

BPM

FC4-1 II

WO

FC4-2

WO

WO

6 II

ACS15

AC13-2

IGNITION SWITCH

WO

7 II

14.1 13.2

13.3

19.1 BPM 04.1

04.2

05.3

06.1

09.2

11.5


04.1

04.2

04.4

04.5

04.7

05.3

06.1

04.8

07.2


09.2

FC3BL

RG

8 II

WO

RG

FC46-2

RG

FC46-1 FC46-3

RG FCS25

LFS27

LF60-8

RG

RG RH2-9

WN

WN

01.1

9A 04.6 II

RG

10 01.1 II

RG

11 01.1 II

WN

12 01.1 I

WN

13 18.1 I

WN

14 10.2 I

WN

15 13.2 I

WN

16 BPM I

WN

17 07.1 I

WN

18 19.1 I

BT1-18

FCS20

WN

BPM

RG

BT1-16

RH2-10

9 II

RG

INERTIA SWITCH

AC13-1

BPM

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Fig. 02.1

Ignition Switched Ground Distribution

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

13.3

NOTE: Body Processor Module appears in numerous Figures.


➞

11.5

XK8 Range 1998


Fig. 03.1


FALSE BULKHEAD STUD CONNECTOR N

N BT80

BT61 250A x 2

B

N

BT67

BT68

01.1

BT62

N BT66

BT60

BATTERY

N

BT63

250A

01.1


NB

15

B+ FC14-80

RW

III

RW

1

FC14-41

WO

II

02.1

Y

FC4-3 FCS48

WN

I

73

SU

NW

3

5

WR

WK

1

2

GO

D

35

FC14-92


FC3BL

EM50

D FC14-39

02.1

FC4-2

FC4-5

GO EMS28

EM1-15

I

FC4-1

BK

GO

GO

O FC14-73

BK

ST1

II ENGINE CRANKING CONTROL

BK FCS47

BK

BK

RU

FC89-3

STARTER RELAY

POWER

RU

I FC14-7

FC89-1

LOGIC

NEUTRAL SWITCH FC3BR


GO

I EM11-6

ENGINE START


SU

D

GLASS BREAKAGE SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

D


D

OK TO START

FC22-9


05.1


G EM10-15

Y

Y

D EM10-17

I OK TO START

Y FCS74

EM3-8

FC22-17

O

O

D EM10-6

EM2-18

FC22-16


KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE WR

ST2

N

6

B 29

WP

ST10

II MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

08.1

PI50-2

SW

SW EM1-14

SW PI1-11

STARTER MOTOR

REGULATOR

PI50-1

B

N AN1

AN3-1

ST11

B AN2

AN3-2


1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

WR EM60-2

ST3


➞

N

XK8 Range 1998

Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 SC


N

BT80

BT61 250A x 2

B

N

BT67

BT68

BT66

BT60

BATTERY

N

BT63

250A

01.1


NB

15

B+ FC14-80

RW

III

RW

1

FC14-41

WO

II

02.1

Y

FC4-3 FCS48

WN

I

73

SU

NW

3

5

WR

WK

1

2

GO

D

35

FC14-92


FC3BL

EM50

D FC14-39

02.1

FC4-2

FC4-5

GO EMS28

EM1-15

I

FC4-1

BK

GO

GO

O FC14-73

BK

N

ST1

01.1

BT62

N

Fig. 03.2

Battery; Starter; Generator: AJ26 SC

II

ENGINE CRANKING CONTROL

STARTER RELAY P, N

RU

O

RU

I

POWER

FC14-7

FC100-4

LOGIC

P, N

B

B EMS43

B EM2-2

EM2AL (EM1AL)

G

O FC100-5

I


EM1-11

FC100-2

DUAL LINEAR SWITCH GO

I EM11-6

ENGINE START


G

I

SU

EM10-15


Y

Y

D EM10-17

OK TO START

Y FCS74

EM3-8

GLASS BREAKAGE SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

D


D

OK TO START

FC22-17

O

O

D

D FC22-9

EM10-6

EM2-18

FC22-16


WR


WR EM60-2

ST3 ST2

N

6

B 29

WP

ST10

II

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

PI50-2

08.1

SW

SW EM1-14

PI1-11

STARTER MOTOR

REGULATOR

SW PI50-1

B

N AN1

AN3-1

ST11

B AN2

AN3-2


1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: AJ26 SC Vehicles VIN RANGE: 024687 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

N

XK8 Range 1998

AJ26 N/A NAS Engine Management: Part 1 ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN

WY

55

A

B

E

EM64-2

UPSTREAM HO2S

VVT SOLENOID VALVES

EVAPP

MAFS

B

CMPS

CKPS

KS

IATS

KS

A

ECTS

A

CCV

B

DOWNSTREAM O2S

FTP SENSOR

A

B

B

EM64-1

υ

υ

B

Fig. 04.1

AJ26 N/A NAS Engine Management: Part 1

λ

λ

λ

λ

I

EM11-9

I

EM11-10

I

EM11-11

O

EM11-12

I

EM11-13

BRAKE SWITCH

EM11-14

O

03.1

D EM10-6

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

K

19.1

EM12-12

I

EM12-13

I

EM12-14

I

EM12-15

I

EM12-16

I

EM12-17

O D

EM12-18

O

EM12-19


19.1

EMS CONTROL RELAY (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE

G

05.1

EM12-22

I EM10-15

PK

01.1

O EM10-16

Y

03.1

D EM10-17

CAN

G

19.1

C– EM10-25

CAN

Y

19.1

C+

G

19.1

EM13-4

O

EM13-11

O

EM13-12

O

EM13-13

I

EM13-17

I

EM13-18

I

EM13-19

I

EM13-20

I

EM13-27

I

EM13-28 EM13-29

CAN

Y

19.1

C+ EM10-28

ECM PROGRAMMING

19.1

ENGINE CRANK

03.1

P

D EM11-3

GO

I EM11-6

ECM PROGRAMMING

W

19.1

GY EM16

78 53

5

GY

GY EMS20

WP

B+ EM14-1

3

1

B+ EM14-2

GR

2

E

O

7

6

51

Fig. 01.2

1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

EM1-10

OK PW RW PY N S Y B BG P O

RH1-8

BRD EMS3

PI1 -50 -49

I

EM14-4

O

EM14-5

O

EM14-6

I

EM14-7

I

EM14-8

I

EM14-9

I

EM14-10

O

EM14-11

O

EM14-12

O

EM15-1

O

EM15-2

O

EM15-3

O

EM15-8

O

EM15-9

I

EM15-11

I

EM15-12

I

EM15-22

-51

-12

-14

PI1 -3 -4

-1

PIS9

EMS9

R G

BK R R B B B B G G

R G

PI2-7 PI2-6

EMS19

42

43

E

E

EMS18

EL2-2

EL3-2

1

2

EL2-1

EL3-1

PI33 -2

PI33 -1

PI42 -5

PI42 -3

PI42 -1

PI42 -4

PI42 -2

PI6 -3

-4 -1

PS PU PN RG RY B B B

-2

VACUUM SWITCHING VALVES 3

PEDAL POSITION

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

EMS38 EM1BR (EM2BR)

BK

Fig. 01.5

B

EMS37 EM1AL (EM2AL)

B

I

Fig. 01.4

1

MECHANICAL GUARD

-2

TPS THROTTLE MOTOR

ELS1

18 I

EMS36 EM1AR (EM2AR)

EL1-2

PEDAL POSITION AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS

EL1-5

PW RW PY

EL1-4

6

EL4 -1

THROTTLE ASSEMBLY EMS31

EL1-3

NOTE: ELS1 – LHD Coupe and RHD Convertible only.

EM2AR (EM1AR)

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: AJ26 N/A NAS Vehicles VIN RANGE: 024687 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

W

U

W

-1

BRD

N

BRD

U

BG RG UW

WU

OK

WP

BRD PS

U

B

W B

U G

UY

N

BRD

S

BRD

P

Y

BRD

OK RH1-9 RH1-10

UP GY G R N U BY BY BP

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (CONTINUED Fig. 04.6)

Fig. 01.1

EM1-4

EMS1

EM13-14

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY

1

UW

D EM13-2

NG

EM1-9

C– EM10-27

BG RG UW

PIS1

EMS8 O

EM10-26

CAN

PI1-6

D EM10-13


BG BG

BG

UW

EM10-12

O

BT2 -4 -5 -3

G

PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

OK TO START

I

E

LF40-5

EMS2

I EM10-14

EM2-13

EM11-16

EM24 -2

44

E

U BRD UW BG

FC19

51

PI1 -5

BG

OU

EM11-15

I

-1

UW

OU

I

O

EM11-8

B BRD

O

RG UW UY G U BG BY BG R K

UP

EM11-7

-20

UW

EM1-8 EM10-10

I

BG BG

PI1 -19

BY

I

EM10-23

-18

R

FCS35

US

EM10-22

I

PI1 -17

K BRD

AC13-3

US

EM10-21

I

EM22 -2

B

AC24-1

US

O

BG UW B BK

PI1 -22 -23 -21

B

AC24-4

US

EM10-20

BT5 -1 -2 -3

-2

B

GB

O

PI1 -25 -26 -24

B

B

EM14-3

-57

WR

II

B+

-31

WR

WO

7

-4 -1

E

BY BY GY

E

EM23 -3

50

PI1 -56 -54 -52

BG

WR

-2

-2

E

EM10-9

40

B

-4 -1

WP

R

N

BRD

S

P

Y

BRD

46

W B

EM21 -3

LF52 -1

BG RG UW

E

B+

O

PIS10

49

E

B BRD

48

U

R

W -2

UY E

NO

LF3-8

PI1-27

47

BY BY

PI1-16

B+ EM10-5

74

-2 PI27 -1

B+ EM10-1

II

W

-2 PI26 -1

-1

BRD PU

-3

R

W

-2 PI17 -1

PI4 -2

BG

PI15 -1

S

-3

W

-4

PI35 -5 -2 -1

S

WP

RG

-1

BRD

WK

E

LF58 -2

UP

36

-2

BG

WR

PI32 -1

BY GY WU

39

-2

WU

RY

PI31 -1

WU

EM2AL (EMIAL)

PN

EMS43

AJ26 N/A ROW Engine Management: Part 1 KS A

ECTS

A

B

B

EM64-1

υ

υ

B

HO2S

λ

λ NOT USED

-2

E

E

B+

EM11-11

O

EM11-12

I

EM11-13 EM11-14

I

EM12-12

I

EM12-13

I

EM12-14

I

EM12-15

D EM10-6

K

19.1

D

EM12-17 O

EM12-18

O

EM12-19

EM10-12


O

19.1

G

05.1

EM12-22

EMS CONTROL RELAY (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

I


PK

01.1

O EM10-16

Y

03.1

D EM10-17

CAN

G

19.1

C– EM10-25

CAN

Y

19.1

C+

O

EM13-11

O

EM13-12

O

EM13-13

I

EM13-17

I

EM13-18

I

EM13-19

I

EM13-20

I

EM13-27

I

EM13-28

EM10-26

CAN

G

19.1

EM13-29

Y

19.1

C+ EM10-28

ECM PROGRAMMING

P

19.1

D EM11-3

ENGINE CRANK

GO

03.1

I EM11-6

ECM PROGRAMMING

W

19.1

GY EM16

78 53

B+ EM14-1

3

5

WP

1

2

GY

GY EMS20

B+ EM14-2

GR

E

O

II

I

EM14-4

7

6

51

Fig. 01.2

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

B

W B

U

OK

WP

BRD PS

OK

UY

N

BRD

PI1 -50 -49

O

EM14-5

O

EM14-6

I

EM14-7

I

EM14-8

I

EM14-9

I

EM14-10

O

EM14-11

O

EM14-12

O

EM15-1

O

EM15-2

O

EM15-3

O

EM15-8

O

EM15-9

I

EM15-11

I

EM15-12

I

EM15-22

-51

-12

-14

PI1 -3 -4

-1

PIS9

EMS9

R G

BK R R B B B B G G

R G

PI2-7 PI2-6

EMS19

EMS18

PS PU PN RG RY B B B

42

43

E

E

EL2-2

EL3-2

1

2

EL2-1

EL3-1

PI33 -2

PI33 -1

PI42 -5

PI42 -3

PI42 -1

PI42 -4

PI42 -2

PI6 -3

-4 -1

-2


PEDAL POSITION

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

EMS38 EM1BR (EM2BR)

BK

Fig. 01.5

B

EMS37 EM1AL (EM2AL)

B

I

Fig. 01.4

1

EL4 -1

MECHANICAL GUARD

-2

TPS THROTTLE MOTOR

ELS1

18 I

EMS36 EM1AR (EM2AR)

EL1-2


EL1-5

PW RW PY

EL1-4


Fig. 01.1

1

EMS3

EM13-14


1

BRD

D EM13-2

NG


C– EM10-27

CAN

S

EMS8 EM13-4

EM10-15

RH1-8

UP GY G R N U BY BY BP

D EM10-13


EM1-10

EMS1

UW


RH1-9 RH1-10

G

O

03.1

EM1-4

UW

EM12-16

OK TO START

UW

BG


BT2 -4 -5 -3

BG RG UW

PIS1 EM1-9

I EM10-14

EM2-13

EM11-16

PI1-6

EMS2

UW

FC19

EM11-15

I

EM24 -2

E

LF40-5

BY

OU

I

-1

44

E

R

EM1-8 EM10-10

EM11-10

I

BRAKE SWITCH OU

51

PI1 -5

K BRD

I

I

NOT USED

EM22 -2

B

FCS35

US

-20

B

AC13-3

US

BT5 -1 -2 -3

-2

THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

B

AC24-1

US

EM11-9

PI1 -19

EMS31

B

AC24-4

US

I

-2

BG BG

WR

II

GB

EM11-8


-18

BG

WR

7

B

O

BG BG

PI1 -17

BRD

EM10-23

P

EM10-22

I

Y

EM10-21

I

PI1 -22 -23 -21

BRD

O

BG UW B BK

PI1 -25 -26 -24

O

EM10-20

-57

B BRD

O

-31

UP

EM14-3

EM11-7

WO

-4 -1

E

BY BY GY

E

EM23 -3

50

PI1 -56 -54 -52

B+

BG

WR

-2

LF52 -1

NOT USED

E

EM10-9

40

B

-4 -1

G

R

N

S

P

Y

W B

EM21 -3

BRD

46

O

PIS10

49

BRD

48

U

W

R

-2 PI27 -1

UY E

NO

74

LF3-8

PI1-27

47

BY BY

PI1-16

B+ EM10-5

B BRD

EM10-1

II

W

R

-2 PI26 -1

B+

WP

-3

-1

BRD PU

-2 PI17 -1

PI4 -2

BG

PI15 -1

W

-3

S

-4

W

PI35 -5 -2 -1

S

WP

RG

-1

BRD

WK

E

LF58 -2

UP

36

-2

BG

WR

PI32 -1

BY GY WU

39

-2

WU

RY

PI31 -1

WU

EM2AL (EMIAL)

PN

EMS43

EL1-3

NOTE: ELS1 – LHD Coupe and RHD Convertible only.

EM2AR (EM1AR)

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: AJ26 N/A ROW Vehicles VIN RANGE: 024687 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

-1

BRD

IATS

KS

N

EM64-2

CKPS

U BRD UW BG

E

B

CMPS

BRD

A

B

MAFS

U

WY

55

HO2S EVAPP

BG RG UW

VVT SOLENOID VALVES

BG RG UW

ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN

Fig. 04.2

AJ26 N/A ROW Engine Management: Part 1

WU

XK8 Range 1998

AJ26 N/A Engine Management: Part 2 CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH

KN BT11-10

I

EM11-4

I

EM11-5

I

EM12-5

I

EM12-6

I

EM12-8

I

EM12-9

O

EM12-10

O

EM13-1

O

EM13-3

O

EM13-16 EM13-22

O

EM13-23

O

EM13-24

O

EM13-25

O

EM13-26

O

EM13-31

O

EM13-32

O

EM13-33

O

EM13-34

O

EM15-4

O

EM15-5

O

EM15-6

O

EM15-7

O

EM15-15

O

EM15-16

O

EM15-17

O

EM15-18

PW

GP

PW

GO

PW

PIS5

SG SW1 -3

SC3-3

SW2-3

SWS1 EM26 PI1-40

BO SW1 -6

FCS48

KW

SW3-2 RESUME

BO

CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES

SW2-6

STEERING WHEEL

BK

CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.

FC3BL

PW PI1-53

BO

CANCEL 430 Ω

SW3-1

EM27 -8

IGNITION MODULE 1

EM2 -15

PI1-42

PI1-41

PI1-39

EM27 -7

EM27 -12

1A

2B

3B

PI1-46

EM27 EM27 -11 -10

PI1-45

PI1-44

EM29 -8

EM29 -11

4A

EM29 -7

1B

EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 -1 -2 -3 -6 -5 -9

EM29 -9

PI1-43

PW PW

GP

EM3-1

GO

SG

SG

RH2 -15

EM2 -9

GR

PW

680 Ω

KN SP KW W WU UB LGK LGO LGW LGU LGY LGR LGS LGP

EM13-15

O

BO SW3-4

CASSETTE

SC3-12

WU YW SLG SG RY

EM13-9 O

EM3 -4

BO

SR WU SG

-1

PW

5

3

NW

UB

2

1

WP

EMS22

2A

3A

81 52 E

EM29 EM29 -12 -10

IGNITION COIL RELAY

IGNITION MODULE 2

4B

EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 -1 -2 -5 -3 -6

EM1-13 EM2-12 EM1-3

LGY

EM11-1

PI25-2

LGO

I

EM3 -3

CASSETTE

KN

-1

PI20-2

LGW

EM10-11

-1

GR

I

PI19-2

LGP

EM10-4

-1

PI22-2

GB

I

-1

B

EM10-3

PI21-2

EM2-14

RLG

UG ULG UN UB RLG

AC13-9 AC12-19 AC12-12 AC12-14

EM2-6

EMS31

UG ULG UN UB RLG

NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1 and Fig. 07.2 for complete A/C circuits.

EM2AR (EM1AR)

AC4-7

I

AC3-1

O

AC4-9

O

AC4-17

I

AC1-1

I

AC12-13


B

I

UG ULG UN PG

EM3 -6

KW

RH1 -11

– 430 Ω

SW3-3

LGU

EM10-2

KN

SW2-4

-1

GW

TRUNK FUSE BOX

SW1 -4

SC3-4

PI24-2

+

BT2 -15

BT2 -6

FUEL PUMP RELAY (#4)

O

EM3-2

SR

-1

PI23-2

B

II

680 Ω

CASSETTE

SR

-1

LGK

2

4B

II

GK

26

WU SP SR

3A

12

LGR

1

WG FC63 -8

ON / OFF

PI18-2

BT11-1

#7 20A

FC63 -7 FC63 -9

2A

PW

NY

5

WU

FCS71

AC13-16

BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH

PG 3

AC24-3

WU

1B

GB

AC24-2

AC13-15

1

WU

GW

PG

PW

II

4A

560 Ω

GK

KW

1

560 Ω

GS

SP

24A

FC63 -10

GS

2

10.2

3B

LGS

WG

UW

5

GU

3

2B

PW

NW

IGNITION COILS 1A

RLG

GU

67A

DIMMER OVERRIDE

PW

NOT USED (FUEL PUMP 2 RELAY)

Fig. 04.3

AJ26 N/A Engine Management: Part 2

PW

XK8 Range 1998

EM17

RLG

5

3

NLG

RY

2

1

WP

EMS26

77 54 E

BO BY BW BU BP BG BN BS

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY

OG LF9-2

W

W

WU LF9-9

LF40-6

PI1-30

PI1-32

PI1-33

PI1-34

PI1-35

PI1-36

PI1-37

NG LF9-3

LF9-5


WU

RLG

RLG PI1-13

OY

PI1-38

45 E

LF9-8

B PI36-1

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH

70

WU LF9-7

LF40-7 EM5

NY

76

BT55-2

NY

3

BR

5

FUEL PUMP

37

WK

1

UB EMS31

PI7-2

-1

PI8-2

-1

PI9-2

-1

PI10-2

-1

PI11-2

-1

PI12-2

-1

PI13-2

-1

PI14-2

NLG

-1

LF12-2

WU

20 BAR

YW

12 BAR

REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH

69

RH RADIATOR FAN OY

BT2AL

1A

2A

3A

4A

1B

2B

3B

B LF13-2

4B

LF13-1

LH RADIATOR FAN

FUEL INJECTORS

LF2AL

NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 04.4 and Fig. 04.5.

1

7

6

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1

1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4

1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

BK LF2BL


➞

BK

RG LF57-4

LF57-3

B

FUEL TANK

BK LF57-2

BTS50

BT55-3

2–30 BAR

LF57-1

YW LF40-11

LF12-1

B

NOT USED

WU

YW

OG

UB LF57-5

LF40-9

RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE

BP

BR

BO

BR

BY

BR

BS

BR

BW

BR

BG

BR

BN

BR

EM2AR (EM1AR)

BR

WU

BU

FUEL INJECTION RELAY

UW BT55-4

UB LF3-6

LF2AR

B

B BT55-1

P LF9-1

PIS2

B

2

II

NOT USED

B

BR PI2-5

9A II

AJ26 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 1 HO2S KS

EM10-5

NO

75A

EM10-9 E

WO

7 II

B

GB

AC24-4

O

B+ EM14-3

US

AC24-1

EM11-7

WR

40

US

US

FCS35

AC13-3

US

I

EM11-8

I

EM11-9

I

EM11-10

I

EM11-11

O

EM11-12

I

EM11-13

EM1-8 EM10-10

EM11-14

BRAKE SWITCH

I

EM11-15

I

EM11-16


PI1-6 EM1-9

EMS2

UW

EM1-4

PI1 -17

-18

PI1 -19

-20

44

E

E

PI1 -5

BG BG RG UW

PIS1

EM24 -2

RH1-9

RH1-8

UW EM12-1

EM10-14

EM12-2 EM12-3


EM12-4

D

EM12-12

I

EM12-13

I

EM12-14

I

EM12-15

EM10-6

EM12-16 D

EM12-17

EM10-12 D

EM12-18

O

EM12-19

EM10-13

EM12-22

EMS8

I

EMS CONTROL RELAY (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

EM13-4

PK

01.1

O EM10-16


03.2

CAN

19.1

CAN

19.1

Y

D EM10-17

G

C– EM10-25

Y

C+ EM10-26

CAN

19.1

CAN

19.1

G

C–

O

EM13-11

O

EM13-12

O

EM13-13

I

EM13-17

I

EM13-18

I

EM13-19

I

EM13-20

I

EM13-27

I

EM13-28

EM10-27

EM13-29

Y

19.1

ENGINE CRANK

03.2

P

D EM11-3

GO

I EM11-6

ECM PROGRAMMING

W

19.1

D EM13-2

GY EM16

NG

78

3

GY

GY EMS20

WP

53

1

B+ EM14-1

5

B+ EM14-2

GR

2

E

BRD EMS3

PI1 -50 -49

O

I

EM14-4

O

EM14-5

O

EM14-6

I

EM14-7

I

EM14-8

I

EM14-9

I

EM14-10

O

EM14-11

O

EM14-12

O

EM15-1

O

EM15-2

O

EM15-3

I

EM15-11

I

EM15-12

I

EM15-22

1

7

6

R G

BK R R B B B B G G

51

Fig. 01.2

1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

PI1 -3 -4

-1

43

E

E

PI33 -2

EL2-2

EL3-2

1

2

EL2-1

EL3-1

PI33 -1

PI42 -5

PI42 -3

PI42 -1

PI42 -4

PI42 -2

PI6 -3

-4 -1

-2


EMS18

PS PU PN B B B

EL1-4

BK

EMS38 EM1BR (EM2BR)

B

EMS37 EM1AL (EM2AL)

B

EMS36 EM1AR (EM2AR)

I

Fig. 01.4

1 Fig. 01.5

-14

PI2-6

EL1-2

6

R G

PI2-7

42

EMS19


Fig. 01.1

-12

PIS9

EM13-14


-51

EMS9

C+ EM10-28

ECM PROGRAMMING


G

EM10-15

U BRD UW BG

G

05.2

UW


BG

O

19.1

UW


O

BY

K

19.1

EL4 -1

PEDAL POSITION

-2

MECHANICAL GUARD

TPS

B


R

O

03.2

EM12-7

I

18 I

PW RW PY

EL1-5

THROTTLE MOTOR


B

OK TO START

I

EMS31

EL1-3

THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

B

EM2-13

YU YG YN YR UP UP GY G R N U BY BY BP

WR

FC19

I

K BRD

OU

WR

OU

EM2AR (EM1AR)

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: AJ26 SC ROW Vehicles VIN RANGE: 024687 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

-1

-1

UP

-1

RH1-10

EM1-10

EMS1

EM22 -2

PI41 -2

BG BG BG

UY

PI1 -22 -23 -21

N

PI1 -25 -26 -24

NOT USED

BT5 -1 -2 -3

BT2 -4 -5 -3

LF40-5

51 OK

50

-2

OK

-4 -1

-2

WP

EM23 -3

B

W B

U

B -2

BRD PS

UY

R

N

BRD

S

BRD

P

Y

BRD

O

B BRD -57

BRD

PN

YU YG YN YR

BG BG BG

B+

-31

S

EM10-23

PI1 -56 -54 -52

BRD

I

-4 -1

E

P

EM10-22

E

Y

I

BG UW B BK

48A

BRD

EM10-21

E

W B

EM21 -3

LF52 -1

NOT USED

BY BY GY

II

B+

EM10-20

O

49

O

WK

36

O

E

UP

B+ EM10-1

E

BY BY

LF3 -8

54A 54B

B BRD

PI1 -8 -9 -10 -7

WR

NOT USED

G

-2

PIS10

WP

-2 PI27 -1

U

W

R

W

-2 PI26 -1

-1

BRD PU

-3

R

W

-2 PI17 -1

PI4 -2

BG

PI15 -1

S

W

S

-3

UP

WP

-4

PI35 -5 -2 -1

BG

-1

BY GY WU

LF58 -2

PN

-5

WP

-2

WP

YU YG YN YR

PI34 -4 -1 -6 -3

E

υ

λ

NOT USED

EM2AL (EMIAL)

39

λ

PI1 -15

UP

υ

υ EMS43

IATS 2

B

B

EM64-1

B

HO2S

A

BG

A

ECTS

BRD

IATS

KS

N

EM64-2

CKPS

BRD

B

E

CMPS

U

WY

55

MAFS

BG RG UW

EVAPP

BG RG UW

ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN

Fig. 04.4

AJ26 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 1

WU

XK8 Range 1998

AJ26 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 2 CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH

WG

BT2 -6

TRUNK FUSE BOX

EM11-1

I

EM11-4

I

EM11-5

I

EM12-5

I

EM12-6

I

EM12-8

I

EM12-9

O

EM12-10

O

EM13-1

O

EM13-3

KW

EM3 -6

RH2 -15

SP

EM3 -3

SR SW1 -4

SC3-4

EM3-2

2

1

WP

EMS22

SW2-4

BO 430 Ω

SW3-3

81 52

IGNITION COIL RELAY

PI1-53

SW3-4

PW PIS5

680 Ω

EM3 -4

CASSETTE

SG

SG

SG SW1 -3

SC3-3

EM3-2

SW2-3

BO 430 Ω

SW3-1

SW3-2

SWS1

EM31 PI1-40

PI1-42

PI1-41

PI1-39

PI1-46

PI1-45

PI1-44

PI1-43

PW PW

BO SW1 -6

SC3-12 FCS48

KN

SR WU SG

SW2-6

CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES

KW BK

STEERING WHEEL


FC3BL EM2 -9

BO

EM27 -8

EM27 -7

IGNITION MODULE 1

EM2 -15

EM27 -12

1A

2B

EM27 EM27 -11 -10

3B

EM29 -8

EM29 -11

4A

EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 -9 -1 -2 -3 -6 -5

EM29 -7

1B EM29 -9

GP

BO

GO

CASSETTE

WU YW SLG SG RY

UB

PW

GP

-1

PW

PI25-2

PW

GU

-1

2A

WB

5

3

RY

1

2

NW

72A

B

EM29 EM29 -12 -10

3A

4B

INTERCOOLER PUMP RELAY

IGNITION MODULE 2 WB

EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 -1 -2 -5 -3 -6

B

EM75-2

LGY

I

PI20-2

LGO

EM10-11

-1

LGW

I

PI19-2

GR

EM10-4

-1

PI22-2

LGP

I

-1

GB

EM10-3

PI21-2

GW

I

-1

PI24-2

GK

EM10-2

RH1 -11

PG WU

BT2 -15

SR

LGU

O

KN UG ULG UN PG

NW

680 Ω

SR

BT11-10

FUEL PUMP RELAY (#4)

3

CASSETTE

KN

2

-1

LGK

1

II

PI23-2

LGR

26

-1

GO

PI18-2

BT11-1

#7 20A

5

E

NY

5

EM26

PW

II

GU

3

4B

12

FC63 -8

BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH 1

3A

PW

FC63 -9

GR

WU

FCS71

AC13-16

2A

PW

WU

AC24-3

1B

GB

WU

AC24-2

GW

PG AC13-15

FC63 -7

PW

PG

4A

510 Ω

GK

KW

1

II

270 Ω

PW

2

SP

GS

WG

24A

UW

5

3B

GS

67A

3

FC63 -10

2B

LGS

NW

RLG

10.2

DIMMER OVERRIDE BT51

IGNITION COILS 1A

PW

FUEL PUMP 2 RELAY

Fig. 04.5

AJ26 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 2

PW

XK8 Range 1998

EM75-1

INTERCOOLER PUMP

B B

EM13-32 EM13-33

O

EM13-34

O

EM15-4

O

EM15-5

O

EM15-6

O

EM15-7

O

EM15-15

O

EM15-16

O

EM15-17

O

EM15-18

W

PI1-32

PI1-33

BN

BU

BR

BR

PI1-34

PI1-35

PI1-36

PI1-37

PI1-38

WU

1

2

IJ2-1

LF9-8

LF9-5

LF9-3

OY

45

NG

IJS1

-1

BR

IJ1-3

IJ4-2

-1

IJ1-4

IJ5-2

-1

IJ1-5

IJ6-2

IJ2-2

-1

IJ7-2

-1

IJ2-3

IJ8-2

-1

IJ2-4

RLG

IJ9-2

-1

IJ10-2

OG

-1

UB

UB NLG

LF12-2

WU

69

WU

1A

2A

3A

4A

1B

2B

3B

LF13-2

LH RADIATOR FAN

Fig. 01.3

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4

1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

20 BAR

12 BAR

YW LF57-3

LF2BL

LF2AL

VARIANT: AJ26 SC ROW Vehicles VIN RANGE: 024687 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

BK

RG LF57-4


LF13-1

FUEL INJECTORS NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 04.7.

BK LF57-2

WU

B

OY

4B

BK

LF57-1

YW

YW

2–30 BAR

UB LF57-5

LF3-6

LF40-11

6

B

P


RH RADIATOR FAN

81

54

PI36-1

IJ2-5

B

52

WP

77

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY

LF40-9

Fig. 01.2

1


LF12-1

51

RY

2

LF2AR IJ1-2

EM2AR (EM1AR)

IJ3-2

7

NLG

PI1-13

BTS50

Fig. 01.1

3

70

BT2AL

E


E

RLG

BT55-3

5

I

E

B

IJS2

FUEL PUMP 2

II

I

AC1-1

5

BR IJ1-1

FUEL INJECTION RELAY

BT55-4

1

O

AC4-17

RLG

LF9-1

BR

EMS31

B

6

AC4-9

WU

B

B

II

UW

LF9-9

BR

BN

WK

BR PIS2

PI2-5

BT55-1

1

O

LF9-7 5

BR

3

BU

NY

76 37

FUEL TANK

AC12-14

I

AC3-1

EMS26

LF9-2

EM5

B

AC12-12

AC4-7

EM25

PI1-30

FUEL PUMP 1

AC12-19

UG ULG UN UB RLG

AC12-13

OG

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE BT55-2

AC13-9

NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1 and Fig. 07.2 for complete A/C circuits.

BO BY BW BU BP BG BN BS

NY

EM2-14

UG ULG UN UB RLG

EM2-6

BP

O

RLG

BP

O

EM1-3

BR

EM13-31

BO

EM13-26

O

EM2-12

BO

O

EM1-13

BR

EM13-25

BY

EM13-24

O

BY

O

LF40-7

BR

EM13-23

BS

O

LF40-6

BS

EM13-22

BR

EM13-16

O

BW

O

EM2AR (EM1AR)

W WU

BW

EM13-15

BR

O

BG

EM13-10

BG

EM13-9

O

EMS31

B

BR

O

KN SP KW RY W WU UB LGK LGO LGW LGU LGY LGR LGS LGP

9A II

XK8 Range 1998

AJ26 N/A Automatic Transmission

Fig. 05.1

AJ26 N/A Automatic Transmission

NOTE: Gear Selector Illumination Module – CAN ‘Listen only’ node for gear selector position indicators. TRANSMISSION ROTARY SWITCH

TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR

TURBINE SPEED SENSOR

PRESSURE REGULATORS

SOLENOID VALVES

L1

OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR

L2

L3


L4

P, N

υ 2

3

4

5

1

2

–

3

EM46 -6

EM46 -5

EM46 EM46 -13 -14

EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 -16 -2 -3 -7 -11 -15

EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 -12 -8 -9 -4

EM46 -1

EM46 -10

S

RB

Y

W

N

+

G

BU

UY

RU OG

OU

OR

OK

OB

RY

YB

YP

YU

U

EM47 EM47 EM47 EM47 EM47 -E -A -B -C -D

+

BY NO

B+ EM7-26

WB

27 II

II

CAN

19.1

CAN

19.1

B+ EM7-55

G

C – EM7-82

Y G

19.1

C – EM7-85

CAN

Y

19.1

EM7-1

O

EM7-2

Y

W

O

EM7-4

O

EM7-5

I

EM7-6

I

EM7-8

I

EM7-9

I

EM7-12

I

EM7-13

RP US

I

EM7-14

N

EM7-15 EM7-16

BRD U

EM7-18

BS

C + EM7-86

I

EM7-21 I

EM7-22

I

EM7-23

O

EM7-28

WR

BK

G

BY

EMS25

EM7-30

O

EM7-32

03.1

04.1

04.2

04.4

O

EM7-33

I

EM7-34

I

EM7-36

I

EM7-37

S Y

I

EM7-42

G

US

US

US

EM1-17

BY

FC83-1

BY FCS62

FC83-3

BY

AC12-11


KICKDOWN SWITCH (LHD)

BS

BS EM1-16

BS

BY BY

AC27

AC28

AC29

AC30

ACS12

ACS11

AC12-15

YU YP B

EM7-52

O

EM7-53

FC35 -7

R RG OB RY RU

560 Ω

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1

FC35 -9

10Κ Ω

1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

II

RLG

10.2

DIMMER OVERRIDE

10Κ Ω

BK FC35 -2

FC35 -1

MODE SWITCH

6

20

FC35 -10

EM2AL (EM1AL)

1

WR FC35 -8

RG EM3-14

EMS43

MODE STATE

RP EM3-13

B

560 Ω

RS

RS

RG

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE

BY

KICKDOWN SWITCH (RHD)

RP O


04.5

D–4 SWITCH

EM3-11

EM7-51

CAN

BY

BS

O

19.1

EM1-18

BY OR YB

EM7-29

EM7-45

CAN

E

BU UY BRD

O

EM7-44

19.1

41

OK OG B RB W

O

I

CAN

FCS47

BS

I

19.1

BK

FC88 -6

G

CAN

FC3BR

C + EM7-83

CAN

RB

FC88 -9

19.1

OU RS

O

B+ EM7-54

WB

28

S

Y

C

330 Ω

2

75

FC88 -8

330 Ω

3

EM47 EM47 -J -K

G

C

330 Ω

R

Y

C FC88 -4

–

G 4

N

G FC88 -3

330 Ω

D

B

II

C

330 Ω

N

19

FC88 -1

330 Ω

R

1

WR

B+

330 Ω

P


➞

BK FCS47

FC3BR

XK8 Range 1998

AJ26 SC Automatic Transmission

Fig. 05.2

AJ26 SC Automatic Transmission

NOTE: Gear Selector Illumination Module – CAN “listen only” node for gear selector position indicators. NOTE: n2 and n3 are internal gear ratio speed sensors. TRANSMISSION

DUAL LINEAR SWITCH

O

B+

O

I

O

O

NOTE: Pressure regulators: MD – modulation pressure SD – shift pressure

O

n2 SPEED SENSOR

O

n3 SPEED SENSOR

FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR

SOLENOID VALVES


PRESSURE REGULATORS

P

R FC100

RU

-4

-5

G

WR

-3

-2

-7

-6

-8

-1

SWITCH (NOT USED) OPEN – P, N

N

υ

B LGB LGU LGP LGN

A B 1-2,4-5 2-3

C 3-4

TCC

MD

SD

D

4

PARK, NEUTRAL

RU

03.2


04.7

GB1 -7

GB1 -3

GB1 -1

GB1 -12

GB1 -4

GB1 -6

GB1 -13

GB1 -8

GB1 -9

GB1 -11

GB1 -2

GB1 -10

3

G

03.2

B

EM1-11

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

2

19 II

FC88 -1

330 Ω –

G

C FC88 -3

330 Ω +

C FC88 -4

330 Ω –

C FC88 -8

330 Ω +

C

Y G Y

FC88 -9

330 Ω

FC88 -6

19.1

CAN

19.1

CAN

19.1

CAN

19.1

CAN

BK

BK

330 Ω

WR

20A

WR

B+

330 Ω

FCS47

II FC3BR EM2 -2

EM1 -17

EM1 -18

EM3 -13

GB2 -7

EM3 -14

B LGB LGU LGP LGN

26A

WB

II

CAN

19.1

CAN

19.1

B+ EM73-29

G

C– EM72-L

Y

C+

I

EM73-2

I

EM73-3

I

EM73-25

I

EM73-26

I

EM73-27

I

EM73-28

I

EM73-30

BS RS LGB LGU LGP LGN B

BU

GB2 -3

GB2 -1

G

U

GB2 -12

GB2 -4

BY

UY

GB2 -6

RY

GB2 -5

GB2 -8

YB

YP

GB2 -9

YU

GB2 -11

GB2 -2

OG

OK

BS

GB2 -10

OB BS

EM1-16

BK

AC12-15

AC25-1

EMS43

O

EM72-13

O

EM72-14

O

EM72-15

O

EM72-16

O

EM72-17

O

EM72-33

I

EM72-34

I

EM72-35

O

EM72-36

O

EM72-37

O

EM72-38

G BU YB YU YP OG

FC35 -9

EM3-11

WR

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

270 Ω

BK MODE STATE

BY UY U OK OB RY

MODE SWITCH

B

6

38

II

II

39 E

II

FC35 -10

EM2AL (EM1AL)

6

20

FC35 -8

510 Ω

RLG

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE

1

BK FCS48

FC3BL

1000 Ω

RS EM72-12

BK AC12-11

KICKDOWN SWITCH

EM72-H

I

AC25-2

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: AJ26 SC Vehicles VIN RANGE: 024687 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

FC35 -1

10.2

DIMMER OVERRIDE

BK FCS47

FC3BR

XK8 Range 1998

Gearshift Interlock

Gearshift Interlock


BRAKE SWITCH (LHD) WO

6 II

B

US

GB

AC26-4

AC26-1 ACS16

US

US

US FCS35

AC13-3

WO

7 II

B

I EM10-10

Y

US

GB

AC24-4

US EM1-8

C +

EM1-6

AC24-1

EM10-28

G

BRAKE SWITCH (RHD)

C –

EM1-7

EM10-27


Y

C + FC88-4

G

C – FC88-3

Y

C + FC88-9

G

C – FC88-8


Y

C + FC25-24

G

C – FC25-47 –

U

U

S

FCS11

FC25-20 +

S

S

S

FCS12

FC25-19

19.1

SCP

19.1

SCP

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK

15

NB

B+ (LOGIC) FC14-80

19

NY

B+ (SOLENOIDS) FC14-104 –

U

S FC14-84

5

WO

I

II

16

+

S

S

FC14-15

WN

FC14-85

I

I

OG

OG

O

FC14-32

RW

O FC14-51

BK FCS47

BK

SB

FC87-3

SB

FC86 -2

FCS46

FC2BR (FC4BR)

GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID

GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK CONTROL

BK

B

B FC86 -1

FC14-48

RW

B

SC1-1

B SC1-2

B FCS49

I

FC87-1

FC14-58

NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH

KEYLOCK SOLENOID

FC4BR (FC2BR)

POWER

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

FC3BR LOGIC


1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1


➞

Fig. 05.3

XK8 Range 1998

Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control

Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control

BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR

72

NR

B+

34

LF37-1

WU

II

UO EM37-2

LF40-1

EM37-1

B+ LF37-20

71

UO

O

LF37-9

UB

I

NY LF37-25

UB LF40-2

LF37-13

B+

S

I

S

LF37-3 CAN

19.1

CAN

19.1

Y

C +

G

LF37-5

G

LF37-4

G

RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

FR1-2

LF42-2

FR1-1

LF42-1

C – LF37-15


BRAKE SWITCH (LHD)

6

WO

II

B

NOT USED LF1-13

C +

NOT USED LF37-10

C –

Y O

I

UP

Y LF60-5

LF37-6

O LF60-4

LF37-7

Y RH1-16

Y BT2-11

O RH1-15

O BT2-10

US

US

US FCS35

AC13-3

II

RR1-2

BT73-2

LF37-19

US LF60-1

I LF37-2

W

I

W

LF37-17

WO

RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

RR1-1

O

AC26-1 ACS16

7

Y BT73-1

US

GB

AC26-4

NOT USED LF37-11

B

US

GB

AC24-4

R

AC24-1

LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

FL1-2

LF41-2

R

LF37-18

FL1-1

LF41-1

BRAKE SWITCH (RHD)

P

I

16

NR

RY FC55-9

STABILITY / TRACTION STATE

FC55-11

RY LF60-6

LF37-16

U

B FCS49

R FC55-16

FC55-12

R LF60-7

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

BT2-13

RL1-2

LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR

U BT72-1

RL1-1

B


I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

RH1-18

U

LF37-24

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

1

U

P BT72-2

B

I

STABILITY / TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH

FC4BR (FC2BR)

P BT2-12

LF37-8

I LF37-14

P RH1-17

U LF60-3

LF37-22

I

B

P LF60-2

LF37-21

O

18 I

LF3AS

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1


➞

Fig. 06.1

XK8 Range 1998

Climate Control: Part 1 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

ASPIRATOR ASSEMBLY IN-CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

SOLAR SENSOR

VENT ASSEMBLY

ASPIRATOR MOTOR

VENT SERVO

Fig. 07.1

Climate Control: Part 1

EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX ASSEMBLY

DEFROST SERVO

EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

HEATER MATRIX TEMPERATURE SENSOR

COOL AIR BYPASS SERVO

LH BLOWER AIR INTAKE

RH BLOWER AIR INTAKE

FRESH / RECIRCULATION SERVO

FRESH / RECIRCULATION SERVO

FOOT WELL SERVO

υ υ

NOTES: When the ignition switched ground input is interrupted during engine cranking, the A/CCM does not drive high power consuming components. The A/C Isolate Relay remains energized by the A/CCM for 30 seconds after the ignition is switched OFF to provide power for the A/CCM to ‘park’ the servos.

υ BW

OY

LF29 -2

LF29 -1

BW

UB

LGW

B

BW

OY

BW

RG

PR

SR

OR

RY

RU

P

P

O

KU

UG

BW

SU

UO

GU

UY UW

UR

P

FC12 -1

FC12 -2

FC12 -3

FC12 -4

LF60 -11

LF60 -10

FC44 -2

FC44 -3

FC44 -5

FC44 -4

FC44 -6

FC44 -8

FC44 -7

FC44 -9

FC52 -1

FC52 -2

AC7 -1

AC7 -10

AC7 -2

AC7 -3

AC7 -5

AC7 -4

AC7 -6

AC7 -8

AC7 -7

AC7 -9

BW

UB

LGW

BW

OY

BW

RG

PR

SR

OR

RY

RU

P

P

OP

KU

UG

BW

SU

UO

GU

UY UW

UR

P

AC15 -5

AC15 -12

AC15 -14

AC15 -13

AC15 -15

AC15 -17

AC15 -16

OY

RG

PR

SR

OR

RY

RU

AC15 -9

UB

AC12 -18

LGW

II

AC4-1

WN

17

WN

I

I AC4-3

NY

40

NY

B+ AC4-5

FC24

NY

41

4

3

5

2

1

GY

GY AC13-12

B

B

GW

FC4BR (FC2BR)

AC4-2

GW AC15-8

FCS49

B+

O AC4-15

AIR CONDITIONING ISOLATE RELAY

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) ENGINE SPEED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) VEHICLE SPEED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

SG

SG

08.1

AC12-10

08.1

AC12-8

OU

08.1

19.1


19.1

O

AC1-7

O

AC1-8

O

AC1-9

O

AC1-12

O

AC1-13

O

AC1-19

O

AC1-20

O

AC1-21

O

AC1-22

O

AC1-25

O

AC1-26

I

AC2-1

I

AC2-2

I

AC2-3

I

AC2-5

I

AC2-10

I

AC2-11

I

I

AC2-13

I

O

AC3-2

D

AC3-3

I

AC3-5

I

AC3-6

AC4-6

OU AC12-9


AC1-6

AC5 -2

AC5 -6

AC5 -12

AC5 -7

P BW

YG

PY

Y

AC5 -1

P BW YW

RB

NR

AC6 -6

AC6 -12

AC6 -7

P BW YW

RB

NR

AC6 -1

AC6 -2

RY PR PY RB UW UO RU SR Y NR UR GU

BW AC15-11

ACS21

OP RG YW SU OR YG UY

AC2-6

PY

PY

O

Y

ACS4

BW B+

PY

P AC15-10

FCS34

WP

YG

OP FCS33

WP

P BW

AC15 -4

P

8

υ

I AC4-16

K

D AC4-10

O

D

D

AC3-7

O

AC3-8

I

AC3-11

I

AC3-12

O

AC4-4

O

AC4-8

O

AC4-12

I

AC4-13

O

AC4-14

O

AC4-18

O

AC4-19

I

AC4-20

S SG OY UG SY SR UB KU

S AC12-1

SG AC12-4

SY AC12-3

SR AC12-2

AC4-21

WU

WU P WR B B LGW BW BK

AC12-6

WR

RK

B

RLG

AC12-7

B FCS46

FC43 -7

B


FC43 -5

FC43 -6

FC43 -2

FC43 -3

FC43 -4

FC43 -1

FC43 -8

FC43 -9

B WR WU

SR

SY

SG

S

R

RG

I

D

D

I

I

I

CLOCK

DIMMER OVERRIDE

LOCATE ILLUMINATION

I B+

DATA

I B+

DATA

I

START

FC2BR (FC4BR)

FC3CS

CONTROL PANEL

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

10.2

AC12-5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1


➞

10.2

DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING

XK8 Range 1998


Fig. 07.2


EM45

NP

80

3

GK

5

B EM48-2

EM48-1

PS

2

WR

1

17 II

69

NLG

OG

LF12-2

OG LF9-2

LF12-1

W

W

RH RADIATOR FAN

WU LF9-9

LF40-6

RH WINDSHIELD HEATER

NOTE: Radiator cooling and Air Conditioning Compressor circuits are duplicated here for clarity. Refer to Fig. 04.3, Fig. 04.6 and Fig. 04.8.

45 E

LF9-8

EM1BL (EM1BS)

RH WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY EM44

B

OY

OY

LF13-1

LF13-2

LF9-3

LF9-5

70 RLG

5

3

NLG

RY

2

1

WP

77

EM10-3 EM10-4

I

EM12-5

I

EM12-6

O

EM12-10

WR

1

EM49-2

18 II

LH WINDSHIELD HEATER

54

FC28

UG ULG UN

NS

8

3

RN

RN

5

RLG EMS26

RLG

B

PI1-13

LGR

PI36-1

2

WP

1

B

DD8-9

II

EM13-15

O

EM13-16

W WU EM1 -3

ULG UG

UN

UB

UB

RN

RN

DOOR MIRROR HEATER RELAY

WU

WU

YW AC13 -9

DP1-5

B

DP8-9

BK

BK

1

26

12 BAR

YW

BK

LF57-3

AC1-3

O

AC1-4

O

AC1-5

O

AC1-16

O

AC1-17

O

AC1-18

RLG

RLG

AC12-13

EM2-6

9A

B

RH17

RH18

LGP

2

HEATED BACKLIGHT

BK

RH2S

HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY (#2)

LFS25

LF57-4

NOTE: Circuit revised VIN 024687 ➞.

BT58-3

BT10-8

BK

RLG U UY PS LGR LGN RW LGP

BT13-3

II

TRUNK FUSE BOX

LF2BL

LGP

LGP

AC13-10

AC1-2

RH2-7

BT2-1

RG

II RHD

23

LHD

46

AC20

NU

3

5

UW

UW AC6-5

UY

2

1

WP

10 II

UB AC12-14

RH BLOWER MOTOR RELAY

EM2-14

AC12-17

1

US

AC12-16

U 4

AC6-13

U I

AC2-7

O

AC2-8

I

AC2-15

O

AC2-16

O

AC3-1

I

AC4-7

O

AC4-9

I

AC4-17

B DP1-1 FC2AL (FC4AL))

UY

UY

5 #17 25A

20 BAR

WU

YW

3

1

LF57-2


O

B DPS1

DP8-11

PASSENGER MIRROR

LF57-1

LF40-11

AC12 -12

2–30 BAR

UB LF57-5

LF3-6

LF40-9

AC12 -19

O

FC4AL (FC2AL)

BT13-10 EM1 -13


AC1-1

B DD1-1

P EM2 -12

I

B DDS1

DD8-11

DRIVER MIRROR

PS


DD1-5

7

AC15-19

WU YW RY

RN

RN ACS1

AC13-4


AC13-8 O

EM2BS (EM2BL)

LH WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY EM2-4

I

2

PS

LF2AR

I

PS

EMS24

LF9-1

EM10-2

B

GS

5

E

B

O

3

EM49-1

LF9-7

LF40-7

NG

79

EM17

WU

WU

LH RADIATOR FAN

LF2AL

NG

B

B

RW

2

AC6-8

US GO UK GP

G

GO

3

AC6-10 FC2AL

RH BLOWER MOTOR

ULG

EM2-5

LF60-18 RHD

UG UN UB

U

LHD

46 23

AC20

NW

8

10

UR

UR AC5-5

U

B

EM43-2

B

EM43-1

B

P

EMS31

Y

EM41-2

EM41-1

YW

YW LF7-2

LF3-1

RW


5

3

2

1

7

6

WP

9 II

38 II

LF5-5

HEATER VALVE

LGN

4

#15 10A

LH BLOWER MOTOR RELAY

HEATER PUMP HEATER PUMP RELAY (#1)

1

UK

4

AC5-13


B

NOTE: A/CCM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 07.1.

U

B

B 2

AC5-8

GP EM2AR (EM1AR)

G AC5-10

3

FC4AL

LH BLOWER MOTOR

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1


➞

XK8 Range 1998

Instrument Packs

RN

B+

NR

29

FC25-25

ILLUMINATION

WG

13

FC79-17

RY

O FC25-28

B+

II

B+

FC25-3

B+

FC79-8

10.2


10.2

BATTERY VOLTAGE

RO

I

ILLUMINATION SUPPLY

I

DIMMER OVERRIDE

FC25-27

FC26-1

OIL PRESSURE

RLG FC26-21

RK

O

OW

O FC26-2

BATTERY VOLTAGE

SCP

19.1

SCP

19.1

BATTERY VOLTAGE

S

RG RS

O

BATTERY VOLTAGE

RB FC26-11

FC25-20

BATTERY VOLTAGE

Y

RU

O

C +

OIL PRESSURE

C –

OIL PRESSURE

C +

OIL PRESSURE

C –

OIL PRESSURE

16.1

16.2

16.3

OG FC26-18

UW

O

VEHICLE SPEED

O

ENGINE SPEED

O

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE

I

BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE

I


I

OIL PRESSURE GAUGE

I

OIL PRESSURE GAUGE

I

OIL PRESSURE GAUGE

I

OIL PRESSURE GAUGE

FC79-9

O

FC25-48

RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT

OS FC26-17

G

19.1


FC79-19

O

FC25-23

CAN

OU FC26-15

Y

19.1

I

FC79-20

O

FC25-47

CAN

OB FC26-10

G

19.1


FC79-14

O

FC25-24

I

FC79-15

FC26-12

19.1

OIL PRESSURE WARNING

FC79-12

O

S –

I

FC79-13

FC26-9

FC25-19

U

BATTERY CHARGE WARNING

FC79-18

O

S +

I FC79-11

FC26-8

CAN

ILLUMINATION SUPPLY

FC25-2


CAN

Fig. 08.1

Instrument Packs

FC79-10

FC26-20

A/CCM

PY

07.1

FC26-3

A/CCM

SG

07.1

FC26-4

A/CCM

OU

07.1

O

VEHICLE SPEED

O

VEHICLE SPEED

O

VEHICLE SPEED

BK

FC26-5

POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE

11.1

ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE

11.5


11.5

(CIRCUITS CONTINUED)

BK FCS48

I FC79-16

FC3BL

UB

MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK

FC26-6

ON FC26-7

TRIP SELECT

SO

I

ADAPTIVE DAMPING WARNING

I

CHARGE WARNING

UY

I FC25-13

FC27-7

A/B (TRIP SELECT)

FC27-9

000 (RESET)

FC25-6

GENERATOR

03.2

SW

03.1

RESET

AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE

FC25-36

YW

17.1

I

BR

AIRBAG WARNING FC25-33

FC26-16

UR

NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞. EM2-16

1 ΚΩ

FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

900Ω

RW 80Ω

F

E

BT2-18

BT7

MESSAGE

FC25-35

RW RH1-14

FC27-2

Y

I

FC26-24

RW

O

I

FC26-22

IMPERIAL; METRIC; U.S.A.

O

FC27-8

CLEAR

R

I FC25-14

FC27-1

MI / KM

FC26-14

TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK

BT8

BW

BW BT2-17

BW RH1-13

I

FUEL LEVEL GAUGE

FC26-13

TRIP CYCLE

SU

I

P

FC25-10

OS CLOSES WITH PRESSURE

PI40-1

EM2-8

BK

BK SCS1

BK SC2-9

BK FCS48

TRIP CYCLE SWITCH

OS

OS PI1-48

SU SC2-5

I

OIL PRESSURE (ON / OFF)

FC3BL

FC26-19

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

OIL PRESSURE SWITCH BK

BK

I

FCS48

FC25-1

BK

BK EMS38

OP EM55-1

OP

EM55-2

EM1-19

I FC26-23

LOW COOLANT WARNING

B

I

B FCS49

FC25-26

COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH

EM1BR (EM2BR)

FC4BR (FC2BR)

FC3BL


1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1


➞

XK8 Range 1998

Audible Warnings

NB

15

Audible Warnings

B+ FC14-80

NY

19

B+ FC14-104

RW

1

I FC14-41

SCP SOURCES: • DIRECTION INDICATORS; HAZARD WARNING; SIDE LAMPS – Fig. 09.1, Fig. 09.2 • VALET SWITCH; TRUNK RELEASE – Fig. 13.1 • MEMORY – Fig. 12.1 • CONVERTIBLE TOP MOVEMENT – Fig. 15.2 • KEY-IN-IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR SWITCH – Fig. 13.1 • NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH – Fig. 05.3 • SEAT BELT SWITCH – Fig. 12.1

WO

5 II

WN

16 I

SCP

I FC14-15

I FC14-32

U

19.1

AUDIBLE WARNING 1

O

AUDIBLE WARNING 2

O

GR

GR

FC14-82

SC1-10

GB

GB FC14-83

SC1-11

S – FC14-84

SCP

S

19.1

SPEAKER S +

FC14-85

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR AUDIBLE WARNING CONTROL

AUDIBLE WARNINGS: • DIRECTION INDICATORS • HAZARD WARNING • SIDE LAMPS ON • VALET MODE WARNING • GEAR SELECTOR IN PARK • MEMORY CHIME • SECURITY ARM / DISARM • CONVERTIBLE TOP MOVEMENT (CONVERTIBLE VEHICLES) • KEY-IN-IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR AJAR (NAS VEHICLES ONLY) • SEAT BELT DISCONNECTED (NAS VEHICLES ONLY)

POWER LOGIC


1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1


➞

Fig. 08.2

XK8 Range 1998

Exterior Lighting: Front

Fig. 09.1

Exterior Lighting: Front

UB

SCP SCP

NOTE: ‘Crank’ input used with Daytime Running Lamps.

U

19.1

LF5-4

#19 10A

LF7-10

UW

5

1

4

S

19.1

3

4

#21 10A

UG

2 LF5-7

UY 15

MAIN BEAM RELAY (#3)

NB

B+ FC14-80

–

S

+

S

U

49

FCS11

FC25-20

1

FCS12

FC25-19

1

4

RW

LF6-8

#6 10A

LF6-4

UK

5

B+ FC14-79

S

3

4

NG

#8 10A

US

2 LF6-9

I

OB

FC14-41

5

WO

II

LIGHTING INDICATORS

DIP BEAM RELAY (#5)

I FC14-15

3

4

LF8-3

OW

5 LF8-10

#17 15A

U S


1

38

S –

OG

2

II

FC14-84

OB

LF5-8

LF32-1

S +

NR

OG FC55-9

OG

O

FC55-18

FRONT FOG STATE

LH FRONT FOG LAMP UB

OG FCS37

FC14-20

LF1-7

MAIN

OR

OR BK

FC55-19

REAR FOG

LF31-1

PY

PW

B

LF31-5

LF31-6 DI

PW

FC55-3

LH FRONT LAMP UNIT

O FC14-96

HAZARD STATE FC4BR (FC2BR)

LF1-2

FC14-2

I FC14-59

B FC55-16

GY

GY

O

FC55-1

HAZARD

FC3BR

LF1-10

SIDE LAMP FC55-2

FCS49

DIP

RK

FC14-53

PY B

LF31-4

LF1-6

RK

O

B

LF31-2

FC14-45

I FC14-38

BK FCS47

UG

O

FC55-17

FRONT FOG

UY

LF1-5

FC14-68 FC55-20

LF31-3

US

O

REAR FOG STATE

LF32-2

FRONT FOG RELAY (#2)

FC14-85

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX 16

NOTE: Circuits revised VIN 024687 ➞.

B

RB

RB

O

LF1-9

FC14-54

CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK LIGHTING CONTROL

GO

GO LF1-3

FC14-27

U

U

SC2-2

HEADLAMP FLASH

I

UB

SC2-6

B

LF4-1

LF4-2

YG

R

KG

YG

YG

KG

KG

SC2-7

LF2BR

I

B

LF22-1

I

LF22-2

FC14-88

SC2-8

DIRECTION INDICATOR

LFS9

FC14-14

OW

L

B

LH SIDE DI REPEATER (ROW)

FC14-30

UB

UB HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM

LF11-2

LH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY) O

U

B

LF11-1

RH FRONT FOG LAMP

I FC14-61

UW LF21-3

UY

DIP REAR VIEW MIRRORS: AUTO HEADLAMPS / MIRROR TINT

YU

11.4

UY

YU

UY

SC2-4

MAIN

I

UK

FC14-42

SC2-1

B

LF21-2

BK FCS48

BK

BK SCS1

SC2-9

B

DIP

SIDE

BK

LFS9

LF21-4

DIP

RY

SIDE

RY

RY SCS2

AUTO

SC2-3

RY FCS9

I FC14-16

LF2BR

RY

RY

O

LF1-11

FC14-1

LF21-1

SIDE LAMP

LIGHTING STALK

GK

GK

O

FC3BL

LF1-1

FC14-3

B

LF21-5

LF21-6 DI

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR DIMMER MODULE: SIDE LAMPS ON

10.2

RH FRONT LAMP UNIT

RY RW

RW

O

LF1-8

FC14-28

POWER

NOTE: DI bulb failure – BPM internal function. Daytime Running Lamps – BPM programmed function.

B

LF10-1

LF10-2

RH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY)

LOGIC

GR

O FC14-81

GR LF1-4

GR

GR LF40-8

EL1-6

B EL5-1

EL5-2

B ELS1

B EL1-5

7

51

Fig. 01.2

1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

LFS8 LF1AL

EM2AR (EM1AR)

NOTE: ELS1 – Cruise Control vehicles only.

Fig. 01.1

LF1AL

B

RH SIDE DI REPEATER (ROW)

6

LFS8

B EMS31


1

B


➞

XK8 Range 1998

Exterior Lighting: Rear

NOTE: BTS5 – Adaptive damping only.

US


11.5

BT11-5

BRAKE SWITCH (LHD)

ADAPTIVE DAMPING

US

UG BT11-8

#8 5A

NK

52

NK

1

B+ (REVERSE LAMPS)

3

5

SCP

19.1

U

FCS11

U

1

2

SCP

19.1

S

FCS12

BT40-16

S

S BT40-8

#19 5A

BT40-5

1

LIGHTING CONTROL

CAN

Y

19.1

FC25-19

C + FC25-24

CAN

19.1

I

BK

BTS21

FC25-20

C –

1

R

I

1

2

US FCS35

US AC13-3

3

1

RW

B

BT27-1

LH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY)

OB

OB

OG

2 BT10-5

BTS3

BT31-7

YW BTS9

TRUNK FUSE BOX

BT31-6

REVERSE

S –

S


RO

B

BT31-2

S +

NB

15

UB

B+ (LOGIC)

R

FC14-80

NY

19

BULB FAILURE SENSING

O

BT31-3

B+ (LIGHTING)

NG

WG

24

B+ (LIGHTING)

RW

1

II

RK

B+

BT18-24

DI

UP

FC14-41 II

BT31-4

BT18-17

I

WO

5

GY

BT18-16

FC14-79

NOTE: ‘Crank’ input activates general bulb failure output.

STOP

RY

BT18-25

FC14-104

49

LH TAIL LAMP UNIT

BT18-14

UO

I FC14-15

RU

BT18-15

RO

NR

LH TAIL; SIDE MARKER LAMPS

FC55-18

FRONT FOG STATE

OY FC55-20

REAR FOG STATE

BT18-18

RU

BL1-1

RU

BB1-2

REAR FOG

FC55-19

RG RU

HAZARD

FC55-1

UB

LH STOP LAMP

FC14-12

BK BTS21

BTS23

BT18-20

B

GK

LIGHTING CONTROL

FC3BR

B

BL5-2

RH NUMBER PLATE LAMP

UW

RH STOP LAMP

BT18-26

BB1-1

B BL5-1

BT18-19

BK

B

BLS2

BL1-2

BT18-22

I

BLS1

BTS40

RU

FC55-17

OP

BL4-2

LH NUMBER PLATE LAMP

RW BT18-23

O FC14-44

BK

B

B

BL4-1

BT18-21

RH TAIL; NUMBER PLATE LAMPS

FRONT FOG

BT31-1

TAIL

FC14-85

FC55-2

BT27-2

BT12-2

FC14-84

FCS47

MIRROR TINT

11.4

FOG

U

BK

7 II

AC24-4

BT11-7

II

LIGHTING INDICATORS

FC55-16

WO

B

BRAKE SWITCH (RHD)

REAR FOG RELAY (#1)

16

GB AC24-1

BT10-4

5

1

26

US ACS16

BT12-10

UO

TAIL LAMP RELAY (#3)

SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE

BT1AR

US RH12-1

RS

#15 10A

REVERSE GEAR

US BT1-9

RY

I

BK

US BTS5

BT10-7

BT41-1

BT40-14

FC25-47

5 #21 5A

BT40-13

U

S

–

G

BK

S

S

+

3

6 II

AC26-4

RK

STOP LAMP RELAY (#5)

YW

O

US BT11-9

BT40-7

S +

BT1-11

RH12-16

1

OG

O

WO

B

BT11-4

#6 5A

S –

BT1-10

RH12-15

S

U

GB AC26-1

UP

BT40-6

U

Fig. 09.2

Exterior Lighting: Rear

BT30-4


BT3S

DI BT1AR

LAMP CONTROL MODULE

UW BT30-5

YG

L

YG SC2-7

KG SC2-8

DIRECTION INDICATOR

RS

O

FC14-88

KG

R

I

RH2-16

FC14-95

I FC14-61

GY

FC14-50

BT30-7

TAIL

BT1-2

YW

GK RH2-1

FC14-76

B

BT30-6

RH2-3

GK

O

RG

BT2-9

GY

O

STOP

RS

BT1-1

BT30-2

REVERSE

OB UY


11.4

YU

YU

UY SC2-4

UG

I

(CONV.)

FC14-42

SC2-1

UG

SIDE

BK

BK FCS48

BK

BK

SIDE

DIP

SCS1

SC2-9

UG BB1-3

RY

RY

SCS2

AUTO

RY SC2-3

RY

FCS9

B

UG BL1-3

BL8-1 (CONV.) RH8-2 (COUPE)

UG

B

BT30-1

FOG

BLS1

(COUPE)

(COUPE) BT1-17

I

B (CONV.)

BL8-2 (CONV.) RH8-1 (COUPE)

B

RH TAIL LAMP UNIT BL1-1

B

FC14-16

RW

RHS2

B

POWER

FC3BL

LIGHTING STALK

B

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR 10.2

BTS23

HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP

RY

B

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE BT3S

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

B BT26-2

B BTS17

RH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY)

BB1-1 RH1S

LOGIC

DIMMER MODULE: SIDE LAMPS ON

BT26-1


➞

BT2AR

XK8 Range 1998

Headlamp Leveling

Headlamp Leveling

WR

33 II

FC55-5

31

0

WR

II 203 Ω

1

187 Ω

GS

2

GS

FC55-6

LF34-1

GS LFS6

LF60-15

SERVO AMPLIFIER

LH HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATOR

LF34-2

3

BK FC55-2

BK FCS47

LEVELING SWITCH LF34-3

FC3BR


B LFS9

B LF2BR

32

WR

II

LF24-1

GS

SERVO AMPLIFIER

RH HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATOR

LF24-2

LF24-3

B LFS8

B LF1AL

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: Headlamp Leveling Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

➞

Fig. 09.3

XK8 Range 1998

Interior Lighting

NB

15

Fig. 10.1

Interior Lighting

B+ (LOGIC) FC14-80

NY

19

NW

B+ (LIGHTING) FC14-104

RW

1

NOTE: ‘Crank’ input is used to switch off interior lamps during engine cranking.

I

WO FC14-15

WN

UR FC4-5

19.1 19.1

SCP

FC4-4

NW

NW

S

S FCS12

S

OY DD3-10

S +

BT56-1

LH TRUNK LAMP

FC14-85

INTERIOR LIGHTING CONTROL

PW RH2-6

PW

PW BTS25

BT1-5

RY

RY BT59-2

BTS26

BT59-1

RY

BT29-1

BT29

BT29-2

AC14 -9

AC14 -8

S

U

ILLUMINATION O ENABLE

PW FC14-101

B FC33

U

– S DD10-9

I

DD3-11

B FCS46

FC34

FC2BR (FC4BR)

GLOVE BOX LAMP

DD11-12

DD11-4

KEY BARREL

U ACS5

DD1-6

S

+ S DD10-16

BT46-1

BT46-2

TRUNK SWITCH

PW FCS36

BK

RY BTS6

RH TRUNK LAMP

I

OU

UNLOCK

DD3-12

RY BT56-2

U

RH1S

B+ DD10-1

NW

B RHS2

RH3-1

PW

S – FC14-84

PW

38

B RH3-2

REAR INTERIOR LAMP (COUPE ONLY) U

LOCK

FC2BR (FC2BL)

I RH2-5

FCS11

N

FCS46 (LHD) FCS50 (RHD)

FC32-1

RH FOOT WELL LAMP

FC14-67

U

25

B

B FC32-2


FC3BL

SCP

FCS1

FC14-24

FC14-32

BK FCS48

NW

NW

FADE 1 O

I

I

BK

FC4BL (FC4BR)

I

II

16

FCS50 (LHD) FCS46 (RHD)

FC31-1

LH FOOT WELL LAMP

FC14-41

5

B

B FC31-2

S

PW

ACS6

DD1-3

PW

PW

RFS2

BK

RF1-10

RF8-1

DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES

RF8-3

LH VANITY LAMP

BK

GY DD3-6

DD3-7

I

GW

O

DD11-20

BK

PW

DD10-14

RF7-1

DOOR LAMP CONTROL

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH

RF7-3

RH VANITY LAMP BK

BK

BK DDS7

DD1-2

B

I

LOGIC

I

POWER

DD10-8

B DD1-21

DD10-17

LH MAP LAMP SWITCH


FC4AR (FC2AR)

PW RF10-5

RW

FADE 2 O

LH MAP LAMP

RW

FC14-74

RF1-12

RF10-4

BK N

47

U

– S

B+ DP10-1

DP10-9

DP10-16

GY DP3-6

DP3-7

BK

DP1-21

DP1-3

RH MAP LAMP SWITCH

PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

DOOR LAMP CONTROL

BK

I

ROOF CONSOLE


GW

LOGIC

DP10-8

B DDS1

DD14-1

B DD1-1 FC4AL (FC2AL)

DRIVER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP

POWER

DP10-17

GW


FC2AR (FC4AR)

B DD14-2

I

FC3BR

GW

O

B

B

POWER

DP10-14

DPS7

DP1-2

BK RF1-3

RH MAP LAMP

LOGIC

DP11-20

BK RFS1

S

I

PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH BK

RF10-1

DP1-6

S

+ S

BK

U

B DP14-2

DP14-1

B DPS1

B DP1-1 FC2AL (FC4AL)

PASSENGER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1


➞

BK BTS21 BT1AR

XK8 Range 1998

Dimmer-Controlled Lighting MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK

Fig. 10.2

Dimmer-Controlled Lighting


AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL

RADIO


FC25 -28

FC79 -8

BK RO

FCS48

ILLUMINATION SUPPLY

FC26 -21

RO

RLG

FC25 -26

IC10 -3

B

DIMMER OVERRIDE

DIMMER OVERRIDE

DIMMER OVERRIDE

ILLUMINATION SUPPLY

FC25 -27

HAZARD

IC10 -4

RU

RLG BRD

RG

LH SEAT HEATER

RH SEAT HEATER

FOG LAMPS

TRACTION

R

B

FC55 -10

FC55 -4

FC55 -16

B

FCS49

FCS49

B

BK

IC1 -6

FC4BR (FC2BR)

FC3BL

IC1 -5

FC43 -9

FC43 -8

RLG

RK

FC43 -7

RLG

B

RK

FC4BR (FC2BR)

CE2

RLG

RU

B RLG

RLG

FCS4

SC3-8

RU NP

50

B+

O

NP

B+

O

51

WN

RU

B FC62-9

FC62-7

LOCATE

CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH

FC23-5

G

O

SC3-11

RK

FC23-6

B

RY

FC59

SC11-3

DIMMER OVERRIDE

RU FCS73

FC23-7

I

SC3-10

SC11-6

MODE SWITCH (TRANSMISSION)

FC23-12

Y

G

RY

FC3BR

FC23-2

O

SC3-9

SC11-5

LOCATE

FCS72

RO

O

Y

FC42-1

RK

O

B

FCS3

FC23-8

FC4BR (FC2BR)

CIGAR LIGHTER RU

B

UY

FC63-5

FC63-1

LOCATE

SC2-4

RLG

DIP

BK FCS48

BK

SC2-9

BK

SIDE

SCS1

RY

RY SCS2

OFF

FC3BL

RY SC2-3

RY FC23-4

B

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR 14.1

09.2

CRUISE CONTROL ON / OFF SWITCH

RK I

FC23-9

AC15-7

RK

B FC27-3

FC27-4

LOCATE

FC2BR (FC4BR)

RY

09.1

B FCS46

DIMMER OVERRIDE

FC63-10

I

FCS9

LIGHTING STALK

BPM: SIDE LAMPS ON

RK

DIMMER MODULE

TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK B

RK DD17-4

RK DDS5

DD17-5

RK ACS7

DD1-9

RK

FC41-2

LOCATE

LOCATE

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

TRUNK AND FUEL FILL RELEASE SWITCH RK

B

B

B DDS1

DD1-1

RK DD5-1

B

B DP1-1

FC88-10

LOCATE

LOCATE

DRIVER DOOR MEMORY SWITCH PACK

GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE RK

B DPS1

B FC88-5

DP17-3

RK

DP17-4

DP1-9

RK

B FC67-9

FC67-5

LOCATE

LOCATE FC2AL (FC4AL)

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

VALET SWITCH

PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1


➞

FCS50

FC4BL (FC2BL)

DD5-9

FC4AL (FC2AL)

B

B FC41-4

1

FCS49

LOCATE

DIMMER CONTROL

BK

BK FCS47

FC23-3

UO

SC11-4

FC35-1

I

I

UO

FC35-5

FC23-1

FC23-11

14

BK

RO

FC23-10

G

A/CCM

DIMMER OVERRIDE

FC35-10

Y

07.1

RLG

RLG SC11-2

UO

HEADLAMP LEVELING

DIMMER OVERRIDE

FC79 -16

ILLUMINATION SUPPLY

ILLUMINATION SUPPLY

LOCATE ILLUMINATION LOCATE

XK8 Range 1998

Power Assisted Steering

WP

11 II

VEHICLE SPEED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

B+

R

O

FC16-6

UB

08.1

FC16-2

I

R EM2-7

S

O

FC16-4

FC16-5

FC16-8

R LL1-1

LL2-1

S EM2-1

B

I

Power Assisted Steering

S LL1-2

LL2-2

POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONVERTER

B FCS49

FC4BR (FC2BR)


LHD

WP

11 II

VEHICLE SPEED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

B+

R

O

FC16-6

UB

08.1

FC16-2

I

R EM2-7

S

O

FC16-4

FC16-5

FC16-8

S EM2-1

B

I

EM18-1

EM18-2

POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONVERTER

B FCS49

FC4BR (FC2BR)


RHD

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1


➞

Fig. 11.1

XK8 Range 1998

Steering Column Movement

STEERING COLUMN MOTORS

NB

15

B+ (LOGIC) FC14-80

NY

42

FC14-102

RW

1

Fig. 11.2

Steering Column Movement

TILT

REACH

B+ (COLUMN MOTORS)

I FC14-41

WO

5

I

II

FC14-15

WN

16

I

I

SCP

U

19.1

FC14-32

U

FCS11

S –

WU WG

K

N

FC60 -3

FC60 -1

YK

PN

R WU WG

U

G

S

FC61 -4

FC61 -1

FC61 -8

PU

PG

BS

FC14-84

SCP

S

19.1

S

FCS12

S + FC14-85

BK

BK

UR

FCS48

FC4-5

FC60 -2

I

FC4-4

WU

FC14-67


FC3BL

FC60 -5

BG

O FC14-90

WU

O

FCS17

FC14-40

BK

BK FCS47

BK

SB

SB

I

FC87-1

FC87-3

FC14-58

FC14-93

PN

O


FC3BR

YK

I

FC14-99

BR

O STEERING COLUMN MOVEMENT CONTROL

FC14-100

BW

O FC14-91

270 Ω

PU

I 100 Ω

UP

470 Ω

DOWN

820 Ω

FORE

FC14-66

PG

O

NP

20

NP SC3-5

SK

SC9-1

SK SC3-6

SC9-3

FC14-78

I FC14-87

BS

O FC14-52

AFT

COLUMN MOTOR

B

I

COLUMN JOY STICK

FC14-25

B FCS46

POWER

BK

BK FCS48

BK

SC2-9

BK

YB

SCS1 SC9-7

YB

SC9-5

AUTO TILT SWITCH

I

SC3-7

LOGIC

FC14-11

FC3BL


FC2BR (FC4BR)

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR N

25

B+ DD10-1

U

U

U

U

ACS5

AC14-8

S

S

35

DD10-9

S

S

ACS6

AC14-9

S –

DD1-8

S +

DD1-3

DD10-16

MEMORY 1

NW

UP

DD5-5

I

DD5-7

DD11-21

KS

MEMORY SET

I

DD5-10

DD11-6

UN

MEMORY 2

NOTE: Memory circuit – Driver Memory Seat vehicles only.

I

DD5-6

DD11-22

UG SET MEMORY STATUS

I

DD5-8

DD11-2

MIRROR CONTROL

DRIVER DOOR MEMORY SWITCH PACK BK

GY DD3-6

DD3-7

BK

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH

BK DD1-2

I DD11-20

BK

DDS7

I

LOGIC

I

POWER

DD10-8

B

B DD1-21

DD10-17

FC4AR (FC2AR)


1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1


➞

FC60 -6

FC61 -3

BR WU

FC61 -6

XK8 Range 1998

Mirror Movement

Fig. 11.3

Mirror Movement

U NB

15

S

FC14-80

RW

1

19.1

SCP

19.1

SCP

19.1

CAN

19.1

CAN

B+

I FC14-41

WO

5 II

WN

16 I

BK

BK

BK

FCS47

I

FC87-1

U S

Y

C FC25-24

S +

FCS12

FC14-85

+

FC25-20

S

+ S

G

– C

FC25-19

FC25-47

LOGIC

I FC14-58

REVERSE GEAR

POWER

U


FC3BR

S –

FCS11

FC14-84

I

SB

U

S

FC14-32

SB

FC87-3

–

FC14-15

S

DRIVER DOOR MIRROR MOTORS

VEHICLE SPEED

VERTICAL

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE AC14 -8

BK

BK

DDS7

DD1-2

GY DD3-6

DD3-7

U

–

U

S

U

DD10-9

UP

MEMORY 1 DD5-5

DD5-7

S

S

I DD11-6

UN

MEMORY 2 DD5-6

I

O

O

I

DD11-22

UG DD5-8

K

N

U

G

Y

WU WG

K

N

U

G

Y

ACS6

DD1-3

I

KS DD5-10

SET MEMORY STATUS

WU WG

S

DD11-21

MEMORY SET

NOTE: Memory circuit – Driver Memory Seat vehicles only.

ACS5

DD1-8

DD10-16

NW

S

I

+

35

AC14 -9

DD11-20

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH

FC4AR (FC2AR)

HORIZONTAL

B+ DD10-1

BK

VERTICAL


N

25

PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR MOTORS

HORIZONTAL

DD8 -2

DD8 -6

DD8 -8

DD8 -3

DD8 -5

DD8 -10

DD8 -4

DP8 -2

DP8 -6

DP8 -8

DP8 -3

DP8 -5

DP8 -10

DP8 -4

WU

BK

PK

PN

PU

PG

BY

WU

BK

PK

PN

PU

PG

BY

WU DD10-20

PK DD10-22

DD11-2

PN

O


DD10-4

MIRROR CONTROL

PU

I DD10-21

PG

O

NW

36

OB

DIRECTION

DD17-10

DD17-2

UP

DD11-1

OR

LH VERTICAL DD17-11

DOWN

BY

O DD10-2

I DD11-17

YO

LH HORIZONTAL

DD10-3

I

I DD11-10

DD17-12

FOLD-BACK DD17-1

LEFT

SN

RH VERTICAL

BK DD1-2

DDS7

YN

RH HORIZONTAL

RIGHT

BK

BK

LOGIC

BK

I

I

POWER

DD1-2

B

I

B

DD10-17

DD1-21 FC4AR (FC2AR)


MIRROR JOY STICK

BK

BK DDS7

DD10-8

DD11-9

DD17-14

DD17-20

FC4AR (FC2AR)

I DD11-3

DD17-13

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK –

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE: FOLD-BACK MIRRORS

U

S

WG

11.4

U

DP10-9 +

DP1-8

S

S

S

DP10-16

N

47

WU

O

B+ DP10-1

DP1-3

DP10-20

PK

I DP10-22

MIRROR CONTROL

PN

O DP10-4

PU

I DP10-21

PG

O DP10-3

BY

O DP10-2

LOGIC

BK

I

POWER

I

B DP1-21 FC2AR (FC4AR)


6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

DP1-2

B DP10-17

1

BK

BK DPS7

DP10-8

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1


➞

XK8 Range 1998

Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors

U 36

NW

DIRECTION

DD17-10

N

25

B+

–

U

S

DD10-1

UP

U

DD10-9

LH VERTICAL

+

S

S

LH HORIZONTAL

WG

I

U

S –

BK

BK

DDS7

DD10-8

BK

S +

NK

7

MIRROR JOY STICK

B+

–

DD17-20

U

CAN

–

C

19.1

CAN


FCS11

S

SD5-9

19.1

G

REVERSE GEAR

SD1-3

S

S


BK

U SD5-10

Y

VEHICLE SPEED FC4AR (FC2AR)

S

SD5-5 +

C

FC25-47

DD1-2


RH HORIZONTAL

+

FC25-19

RH VERTICAL

RIGHT

SCP

FC25-24

S I

19.1

S AC14-9

FC25-20

DD11-15

DD17-1

LEFT

S

MIRROR CONTROL

FOLD-BACK

SCP

S

U

ACS6

DD1-3

19.1

AC14-8

S

DD10-16

DOWN

U ACS5

DD1-8

Fig. 11.4

Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors

PB

FCS12

PB

PB

DD1-20

SD1-8

MIRROR TINT

DD8-12

MIRROR CONTROL

DDS7

R

O

BK

NOTE: Refer to Fig. 11.3 for mirror movement.

R

SD3-4

B

I

DD1-2

R

B SDS3

SD5-2

R

R

FCS6

SD1-7

AC16-4

R

R DDS3

DD1-6

DD8-1

B SD1-1

BK FC4AR (FC2AR)

–

NK

30

+

U

DD8-7

DRIVER DOOR MIRROR

U SP1-3

S

S

S

SP5-9

MIRROR CONTROL

S

SR DD1-14

SLIP MECHANISM

SP5-10

SP5-5

SR AC16-6

S

B+

SR

FC6L (FC5L)


SLIP MECHANISM

SR

SP1-8 FCS7

R

O

AC13-20

S

SR DP1-14

DP8-7

SR

SP3-4

SP1-7

B

I

SR

B SPS3

SP5-2

B R

SP1-1

DP1-6

FC5S (FC6S)


R

R AC13-18

ACS9

PB

R

R DPS3

DP8-1

PB

PB

DP1-20

NK

52

B+

–

U

S

BT40-6

BT40-16 +

S

S BT40-8

LIGHTING CONTROL

U BT1-10

MIRROR TINT

DP8-12

PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR

U RH12-15

S BT1-11

S WR

16

RH12-16

II

YW

O

PB AC13-19

BT40-5

BK

I

YU

BTS9

BTS21

BT40-14

YW

YW BT1-19

YW BK RF1-3

BK RFS1

RF2-3

FC3BR

NB

15

B+

–

S

B+

+

S

NG

49

FC14-79

WO

5 II

UY

DIP

YU

YW S

I

UY

SC2-4

I FC14-42

SC2-1

SIDE

BK

BK FCS48

BK

SC2-9

BK

DIP

SCS1

SIDE

RY

RY

RY

RY

SCS2

AUTO

SC2-3

FCS9

I FC14-16

LIGHTING STALK COLUMN SWITCHGEAR

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

POWER LOGIC

FC3BL

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E


I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

09.2 REVERSE LAMPS

YW

FC14-85

FC14-15

UY

YU

INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR

U FC14-84

FC14-80

AUTO HEADLAMPS

RF2-2

RF1-2

BK

BT1AR


YW

RH2-17

BK

MIRROR TINT RF2-5

RF1-11

BK

B+

RF2-4

RF1-14

YU

BT40-13

I

RF2-1

PB

PB

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1


➞

09.2

XK8 Range 1998

Suspension Adaptive Damping

57

NS

B+

OB

O

BT69-27

25

WR


19.1


19.1

BT69-30 B+

II

OB

OB

BT3-16

BT69-31

OB

RH12-13

OW

O

BT69-11

O

Suspension Adaptive Damping

OW

OW

BT3-15

LF43-A

LF1-19

OW

RH12-14

LF43-B

LF1-18

LH FRONT DAMPER SOLENOID

D BT69-10

K

D

OG

OG

O

BT69-28

BT69-33

OG

RH12-11

OY

O

OG

BT3-18

BT69-14

OY

OY

OY

RH12-12

BT3-17

LF44-A

LF60-19

LF44-B

LF60-20

RH FRONT DAMPER SOLENOID MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK: FAULT WARNING (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

08.1

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK: VEHICLE SPEED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

08.1

SO

SO

SO

RH12-2

ON

BT3-10

ON

O BT69-1

ON

RH12-1

BT3-9

BT69-24

R

OR

O BT69-13

I

RL3-1

RL2-A

W

OK

O

OR

BT72-3

OK

BT72-4

BT69-32

RL3-2

RL2-B

LH REAR DAMPER SOLENOID NOTE: Circuit deleted VIN 024687 ➞.

R

OP

O

BRAKE SWITCH (LHD) WO

II

B

BT73-4

WO

RR2-B

RH REAR DAMPER SOLENOID US

US

B

US RH1-19

US BT1-9

US BTS5

I BT69-26

US

GB

AC24-4

US FCS35

AC13-3

II

RR3-2

AC26-1 ACS16

7

OU

US

GB

AC26-4

RR2-A

W

BT69-34

6

RR3-1

OU

O

OP

BT73-3

BT69-15

AC24-1

PB

I

BRAKE SWITCH (RHD)

PB

PB BT3-11

BT69-20

PB EM3-12

RH12-6

UW

EM59-1

UW EM3-10

U

LATERAL ACCELERATION GROUND

EM59-2

U EM3-9

B+ EM59-3

LATERAL ACCELEROMETER (FRONT)

UB

UB

I

BT3-14

BT69-21 BTS28

BT69-3

BT3-13

BTS27

BT69-25

FC7-1

UW

BT3-12

UW FCS84

RH12-8

U

U

U

O

UW

UW

UW

O

UB RH12-7

GROUND FC7-2

U RH12-9

VERTICAL ACCELERATION

U FCS83

B+ FC7-3

FRONT VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER

RB

RB

I BT69-22

BT52-1

UW B

VERTICAL ACCELERATION GROUND

BT52-2

I

U

BT69-18

B+ BT52-3

BT2BL

REAR VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER


1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: Adaptive Damping Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

Fig. 11.5

XK8 Range 1998

Driver Seat: Memory

NB

15

B+

–

I

+

WN

I

NR

BK

SEAT HEATER STATE

FC55-8 (LHD) FC55-15 (RHD)

Y

I

G

O

ON (LHD) OU (RHD)

SCP

19.1

SCP

19.1

CAN

19.1

CAN

POWER

I

R

OK

LOGIC

FC14-86 (LHD) FC14-35 (RHD)

B

SD19-1

R SD19-3

THERMOSTAT

SD17-1

SD17-3

HEATER

HEATER

FC55-2

FCS47

S

I

FC14-69 (LHD) FC14-17 (RHD)

FC55-7 (LHD) FC55-14 (RHD)

BK

19.1

FC14-32

OK (LHD) OS (RHD) FC55-9

FCS12

FC14-15

16 16

U

FC14-85

WO

II

S

S

FC14-41

5

FCS11

FC14-84

RW

1

U

S

FC14-80

Fig. 12.1

Driver Seat: Memory

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE SEAT HEATER SWITCH

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION

B

DRIVER SQUAB

FC3BR


N

25

B+

–

35

MEMORY 1

NW DD5-5

I

S

S

S

OR SD14-3

S SOLENOID VALVE

AC14-9

OB

I I

–

O

DD5-8

DD11-2

BK

DDS7

DD1-2


BK

BK

B

I I

DD10-17

FC4AR (FC2AR)

VEHICLE SPEED

LOGIC

POWER

C

–

C

DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

FC25-19

DRIVER SEAT MOTORS

FC25-47

–

+

U S

S

S

SD1-8

SD5-9

G

SEAT BELT FASTENED

SEAT BELT SWITCH

SD8 -6

SD8 -2

SD8 -1

SD8 -3

SD7 -5

SD7 -6

SD7 -2

SD7 -1

SD7 -3

SD9 -5

SD9 -6

SD9 -2

SD9 -1

SD9 -3

W WY

PS

PO

WB WU WO

KS

KO

WN WP WR

US

UO

SD3-3

I SD5-8

SD8 -5

OK

O

SEAT RAISE / LOWER

SD1-3

SD5-10

SD5-5

SEAT FORE / AFT

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK U

S

B+

SD20-1

+

OR

O

WG

SD3-6

OB

O SD3-5

WG

O

GN

INFLATE

22

N

LUMBAR

SD11-3

SD3-13

SEAT

SD3-14

SD3-12

SD3-1

I

SD11-5

SD3-11

SD3-2

I

SD11-7

SD3-16

SD4-18

I

SD11-8

SD3-15

SD4-2

I

SD11-6

SD3-9

WO

I

UW

SD4-12

I

SD11-13

WU

O

UY

AFT

WB

O

GW

FORE

PO

O

GY

AFT

PS

O

KW

FORE

SEAT

SD4-11

I

SD11-12

WY

I

KY

LOWER

RECLINE

SD4-5

I

SD11-11

RAISE

W

O

GP

DEFLATE

SD11-9

SD4-1

I

SD3-10

KS

O SD3-7

KO

O

DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK

SD3-8

POWER

B

B SD1-1

B SDS3

WN

O SD4-6

I SD5-2

WP

O SD4-14

FC6L (FC5L)

WR

I SD4-10

US

O

B

B

I

SD1-6

SD5-1

**

SD5-3

UO

O SD5-4

FC6R (FC5R)

** NOTE: Module identification.


1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

SDS3

B SD1-1

FC6L (FC5L)

S

SQUAB RECLINE FORE / AFT

NK

N

S

FC25-24


7

+

DD10-8

B DD1-21

PRESSURE SWITCH

FC25-20

UG

SD14-2

U

S

DD11-22

B

B SD14-1

UN DD5-6

SD20-2

S ACS6

DD1-3

U AC14-8

DD11-6

MEMORY 2

21

U ACS5

DD1-8

DD10-16

KS DD5-10

SET MEMORY STATUS

+

DD11-21

DD5-7

U

DD10-9

UP

MEMORY SET

U

S

DD10-1

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: Memory Seat Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

➞

XK8 Range 1998

Driver Seat: Non Memory

NB

15

B+ FC14-80

FC14-15

NR

16

BK

SEAT HEATER STATE

S

FCS12

19.1

SCP

OK

O

R

FC14-69 (LHD) FC14-17 (RHD)

ON (LHD) OU (RHD)

B

SD19-1

R SD19-3

THERMOSTAT

I

FC55-7 (LHD) FC55-14 (RHD)

BK

FCS47

FC55-8 (LHD) FC55-15 (RHD)

SCP

FC14-32

OK (LHD) OS (RHD) FC55-9

19.1

FC14-85

I

I

S

+ S

WN

16

U

FCS11

FC14-84

I

II

U

– S

WO

5

Fig. 12.2

Driver Seat: Non Memory

SD17-1

SD17-3

HEATER

HEATER

FC14-86 (LHD) FC14-35 (RHD)

DRIVER SEAT CUSHION

FC55-2

SEAT HEATER SWITCH

B

DRIVER SQUAB

POWER

FC3BR

OR

LOGIC


SD14-3

SOLENOID VALVE


OB

PRESSURE SWITCH

DRIVER SEAT MOTORS SQUAB RECLINE FORE / AFT

U

– S

NK

SD5-10

B+ SD5-5

SD5-9

N

21

G SD20-2

SD5-8

SEAT BELT FASTENED

SEAT BELT SWITCH

S SD1-8

SD8 -1

SD8 -3

SD7 -1

SD7 -3

SD9 -1

SD9 -3

PS

PO

KS

KO

US

UO

SD3-3

I

SD20-1

SEAT RAISE / LOWER

U

OK

O

SEAT FORE / AFT

SD1-3

S

+ S

OR

O SD3-6

OB

O SD3-5

GN

INFLATE

N

22

LUMBAR

I

SD11-3

SD3-13

GP

DEFLATE

SD11-9

I

SD11-11

SD3-14

KY

RAISE SEAT

I

SD11-12

SD3-12

RECLINE

SD3-11

SD3-2

I

SD11-7

PO

O

GY SD3-16

GW

AFT

I

SD11-8

SD3-15

UY

FORE SEAT

SD3-1

I

SD11-5

FORE

PS

O

KW

LOWER

I

SD11-6

SD3-9

UW

AFT

I

SD11-13

SD3-10

KS

O SD3-7

KO

O

DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK

SD3-8

B

B

B SDS3

SD1-1

I

POWER

SD5-2

FC6L (FC5L)

US

O

B

B

I

SD1-6

SD5-1

**

SD5-3

UO

O SD5-4

FC6R (FC5R)



1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

SDS3

B SD1-1

FC6L (FC5L)

DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

7

B

B SD14-2

SD14-1

VARIANT: Non Memory Seat Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

➞

XK8 Range 1998

Passenger Seat: 3-Way Movement

NB

15

B+ FC14-80

WO

5

NR

16

BK

SEAT HEATER STATE

SCP

S

FCS12

19.1

SCP

FC14-85

OK

O

R

FC14-17 (LHD) FC14-69 (RHD)

OU (LHD) ON (RHD)

B

SP19-1

R SP19-3

THERMOSTAT

I

FC55-14 (LHD) FC55-7 (RHD)

BK

FCS47

FC55-15 (LHD) FC55-8 (RHD)

19.1

FC14-32

OS (LHD) OK (RHD) FC55-9

S

+ S

I

I

U

FCS11

FC14-84

FC14-15

WN

U

– S

I

II

16

Fig. 12.3


SP17-1

SP17-3

HEATER

HEATER

FC14-35 (LHD) FC14-86 (RHD)

PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION

FC55-2

SEAT HEATER SWITCH

B

PASSENGER SQUAB

POWER

FC3BR

OR

LOGIC


SP14-3

SOLENOID VALVE


OB

PRESSURE SWITCH

PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS SQUAB RECLINE FORE / AFT

U

– S

NK SP5-5

SEAT BELT SWITCH WIRING

N

43

G

NOT USED SP5-8

S SP1-8

OK

O

SEAT RAISE / LOWER

U

S

+ S

SEAT FORE / AFT

SP1-3

SP5-9

SP20-1

SP20-2

SP5-10

B+

SP8 -1

SP8 -3

SP7 -1

SP7 -3

SP9 -1

SP9 -3

PS

PO

KS

KO

US

UO

SP3-3

OR

O SP3-6

OB

O SP3-5

GN

INFLATE

N

44

LUMBAR

I

SP11-3

SP3-13

GP

DEFLATE

SP11-9

I

SP11-11

SP3-14

KY

RAISE SEAT

I

SP11-12

SP3-12

KW

LOWER SP11-5

RECLINE

PO

O SP3-2

I

SP11-7

SP3-16

GW

AFT

I

SP11-8

SP3-15

UY

FORE SEAT

SP3-1

SP3-11

GY

FORE

PS

O I

I

SP11-6

SP3-9

UW

AFT

I

SP11-13

SP3-10

KS

O SP3-7

KO

O

PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK

SP3-8

B

B

B SPS3

SP1-1

I

POWER

SP5-2

FC5S (FC6S)

US

O

B

NOT CONNECTED

I

SP1-6

SP5-1

**

SP5-3

UO

O SP5-4



1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

SPS3

B SP1-1

FC5S (FC6S)

PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

30

B

B SP14-2

SP14-1

VARIANT: 3-Way Movement Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

➞

XK8 Range 1998


NB

15

B+ FC14-80

WO

5

WN

NR

16

BK

FC55-15 (LHD) FC55-8 (RHD)

SEAT HEATER STATE

FCS47

S

FCS12

19.1

SCP

19.1

SCP

FC14-85

FC14-32

OK

O

R

FC14-17 (LHD) FC14-69 (RHD)

OU (LHD) ON (RHD)

B

SP19-1

R SP19-3

THERMOSTAT

I

FC55-14 (LHD) FC55-7 (RHD)

BK

S

+ S

I

OS (LHD) OK (RHD) FC55-9

U

FCS11

FC14-84

FC14-15

I

U

– S

I

II

16

Fig. 12.4


SP17-1

SP17-3

HEATER

HEATER

FC14-35 (LHD) FC14-86 (RHD)

PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION

FC55-2

SEAT HEATER SWITCH

B

PASSENGER SQUAB

POWER

FC3BR

OR

LOGIC


SP14-3

SOLENOID VALVE


OB

PRESSURE SWITCH

PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS SQUAB RECLINE FORE / AFT

U

– S

NK SP5-5

SEAT BELT SWITCH WIRING

N

43

SP20-2

SP5-10

B+

SP5-9

G

NOT USED

SP20-1

SP5-8

U S SP1-8

OK

O

SEAT FORE / AFT

SP1-3

S

+ S

SP8 -1

SP8 -3

SP7 -1

SP7 -3

PS

PO

KS

KO

SP3-3

OR

O SP3-6

OB

O SP3-5

GN

INFLATE

44

N

LUMBAR

I

SP11-3

SP3-13

GP

DEFLATE

SP11-9

I

SP11-11

SP3-14

SP11-12

PS

O SP3-1

SP11-5

RECLINE

SP3-2

I

SP11-7

SP3-16

GW

AFT

I

SP11-8

SP3-15

UY

FORE SEAT

PO

O

GY

FORE

I

SP11-6

SP3-9

UW

AFT

I

SP11-13

SP3-10

KS

O SP3-7

KO

O

PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK

SP3-8

B

B

B SPS3

SP1-1

I

POWER

SP5-2

FC5S (FC6S)

B

NOT CONNECTED

I

SP1-6

SP5-1

** ** NOTE: Module identification.


1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

SPS3

B SP1-1

FC5S (FC6S)

PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

30

B

B SP14-2

SP14-1

VARIANT: 2-Way Movement Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

➞

XK8 Range 1998

Central Door Locking

U NB

15

19.1

SCP

19.1

SCP

B+

S

FC14-80

RW

1

KEY FOB ANTENNA (CONVERTIBLE)

I FC14-41

WO

5

FC14-15

RG

8

I

II

BK

UR FC4-5

I

FC4-4

B+ BT40-15

U

S

–

FC14-67

U S

S – BT40-16

BT1-10

S

FCS12

FC14-85

U

RH2-11

S

S

+

U

FCS11

FC14-84


FC3BL

NY

61

FC14-33

BK FCS48

S

RH2-12

RH7 -1

S +

BK

SB

FC87-3

SB

BRD S

U

BK BTS21


FC41-10

TRUNK

SW FC41-3

FC41-6

FUEL FILL

BK

I

AC14 -9

AC14 -8

I

S

U

RY

BK

BT46-2

BT46-1

BT1AR

RY BTS6

RH20-2

I

BT41-5

RH20-1

TRUNK SWITCH

BRD RH20-2

YR

I BT41-19

BT2-7

YP

I

FC14-31

BT41-7

TRUNK AND FUEL FILL RELEASE SWITCH

FC3BR

RHS3

W

I

FC14-5

BK

FCS47

B

RH20-1

FC14-58

SO

W

I

I

FC87-1

RH7 -2

BT40-8

BT1-11

LOCK CONTROL

BK

KEY FOB ANTENNA (COUPE)

I

II

NOTE: Ignition switched ground via Inertia Switch activates emergency unlock.

BT2-16

OR

O

B BT43-2

BT40-1

B

B FCS50

SP FC67-5

BK

I

FC67-4

FC14-55

SR

O

TRUNK RELEASE SOLENOID

I

BK

BTS21

I

OB

O

BT40-14

OB IC4-3

BT40-2

YP

BT1AR

RH2-14

B+

U

S

–

DD10-1

37

NW

LGU DD3-13

DD3-5

DD10-9

I

NW

DD10-16

I

DD3-10

ACS5

DD1-3

LOCK STATUS

YR (LHD) YP (RHD)

S ACS6

Y

YR

AC13-6 (LHD) AC13-17 (RHD)

BK DD3-9

DD1-16

DD3-6

BK

I

DD3-1

DD10-6

DOOR LOCK CONTROL

BK

I

DDS7

B

I

DD1-21

LOGIC

B 31

POWER

NR

32

NR

DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE N

B+

9

FC24

10

8

NW

LGU DP3-13

DP3-5

DP10-9

I DP11-5

BK

GY DP3-6

DP3-7

DP10-16

ACS2

SR

DOOR LOCKING RELAY

U S

YP (LHD) YR (RHD)

DP1-3

I

LOCK STATUS

Y

YP

SY

O

DP3-3

SG

SG I

O I

DP1-21

DP3-1

DP10-6

POWER

DP1-2

BK

SU

SU

DP10-17

PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR

FC2AR (FC4AR)


7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

BK

DP3-2

DP1-19

LOGIC

DP10-8

B

DP3-8

SY

DP10-5

BK

BK DP3-9

DP1-16

DPS7

DP11-20

DPS7

B

7

AC13-17 (LHD) AC13-6 (RHD)

PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH

BK

6

DP1-8

S

S

+

DOOR LOCK CONTROL

EXTERIOR HANDLE

PASSENGER DOOR LOCK SWITCH

SG

SG

FC2BR (FC4BR)

U

S

–

DP10-1

DP1-2

B

AC15-1

FC4AR (FC2AR)

BK

FCS46

DD10-17

47

FC4AR (FC2AR)

DRIVER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR

DD10-8

B

BK

SU

SU

O

DD1-2 DD3-2

DD1-19

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH

BK DD1-2

SG

SG

DD11-20

BK

DD3-3

DD10-5

DD11-4

GY

DD3-7

1

DD3-8

SY

I

BK

DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES

6

BT1AL

RH2-2

SY

O

DD11-12

OU

UNLOCK DD3-11

1

B

DDS7

OY

KEY BARREL

33

BTS20

U DD1-8

S

S

+

DD11-5

LOCK

DD3-12

B IC4-4

FUEL FILL FLAP SOLENOID

YR

EXTERIOR HANDLE

38

IC24-1


BODY PROCESSOR MODULE N

B IC24-2

BK

LOGIC

25

BT43-1

BT40-13

FC14-71

POWER

VALET SWITCH

FC4BL (FC2BL)

Fig. 13.1

Central Door Locking

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1


➞

FC2AR (FC4AR)

XK8 Range 1998

Wash / Wipe System

Fig. 14.1

Wash / Wipe System

3

4

#7 30A 1

4

B

YR

5 LF6-1

LF25-2

LF25-1

YS

2 LF6-10

POWERWASH PUMP

POWERWASH RELAY (#4)

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX NB

15

YS

O FC14-80

FC14-18

NY

19

WO

II

LF1-17

FC14-6

I

YW

YW

I FC14-104

5

YS

LF27-3

LF1-15

YG

O

FC14-15

FC14-26

FLUID LEVEL

YG

B LF27-2

LF1-16

LF27-1

LFS7

B WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP AND FLUID LEVEL SENSOR

WO

2

WO

II

LGR

LGR WASH

SC1-9

I FC14-37

SC1-8

LGK

LGK

LGO

LGO

FC14-94

LGU

LGU

FLICK WIPE

KG

5

1

2

NU

9

NU

BLG

B

FC14-9

WIPER RUN / STOP RELAY

INTERMITTENT WIPE

LF3BS

BLG

BLG

O FC14-43

LF60-16 LF49

560 Ω

KG 1.3 ΚΩ

WASH / WIPE CONTROL

11

2.7 ΚΩ

NU

5.1 ΚΩ

U R

4

3

5

1

2

WLG

WIPER FAST / SLOW RELAY

11 ΚΩ

WLG

O FC14-19

WLG LF60-17

51 ΚΩ

FAST

WASH / WIPE STALK

B

B LFS18

B LF3-5

N

SLOW

BW BR

EM51-4 (LHD) EM51-2 (RHD)

11.4

YU

YU

LF3BS

WIPER MOTOR

SIDE

BK

BK FCS48

BK

BK

DIP

SCS1

SC2-9

FC3BL

SIDE

RY

RY SCS2

AUTO

RY SC2-3

RY

I

FCS9

RY

I

FC14-16

FC14-60

RY LF1-14

LIGHTING STALK POWER

COLUMN SWITCHGEAR DIMMER MODULE: SIDE LAMPS ON

10.2

LOGIC

RY BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1


➞

U

U LF3-3

RY EM51-3

SC2-4

SC2-1

LF3-4

EM51-2 (LHD) EM51-4 (RHD)

PARK SWITCH

R

R EM51-1 (LHD) EM51-5 (RHD)

NLG UY


10

LFS18

I

SC1-7

DELAY

B

4

3

I

SC1-5

SLOW WIPE

LF48

I FC14-34

SC1-6

FAST WIPE

LF1AR

RY LF3-2

XK8 Range 1998

Window Lifts S U

CONVERTIBLE TOP CONTROL

NOTE: BPM Convertible Top control – Convertible vehicles only.

–

U

S

U

FCS11

FC14-84 +

19.1

SCP

19.1

SCP

S – FC25-20

S

S

Fig. 15.1

Window Lifts

S

FCS12

FC14-85

S + FC25-19

REMOTE WINDOW CONTROL

S

S U

U

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

01.1


01.2

NO

NO

26

NO BT2-8

NO


RH2-8

U NO

NO FCS81

NO

AC16-1 (LHD) AC15-20 (RHD)

N

N

25

RH2-11

B+

DD1-22

S

DD10-1 RH2-12

WINDOW LIFT CONTROL

BO DD10-18

NW

36

BG DD17-10

I

BR RH WINDOW UP

DD17-6

RH WINDOW DOWN

DD17-7

–

DD10-10

DD17-17

LH WINDOW DOWN

AC14 -9

AC14 -8

S

U

U

S DD10-9

I

DD10-16

PB DD10-11

I

DD16-2

DD11-7

PO

BK

DD16-6

DD10-15

DD16-1

DD10-7

OY

NW

38

I

DD3-11

DD11-4

BK

DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES NY

NY

48

NY BT2-2

BK

BK DDS7

DD1-2

01.1

DRIVER WINDOW LIFT

DD11-12

OU

KEY BARREL

TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

DD16-3

I

DD3-10

UNLOCK

DD3-12

FC4AR (FC2AR)

MOVEMENT SENSOR

OB

O LOCK

BK DD1-2

OU

O


BK

DDS7

PW DD10-12

WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES

DD16-4

DD16-5

I

DD17-20

FC4AR (FC2AR)


ACS6

DD1-3

I

BK DDS7

REMOTE WINDOW CLOSE

ACS5

DD10-13

BK

S + BT40-8

S

O

DD1-2

S BT1-11

U DD1-8

S

+ S

DD10-19

BP

BK

S – BT40-16

I

DD17-16

LH WINDOW UP

U BT1-10

I

LOGIC

I

POWER

DD10-8

B

B DD1-21

SW

DD10-17

FC14-63

NY

FC62-6

SR

FC4AR (FC2AR)

FC14-10


FC62-1

LGR

RH2-13 FC14-89


01.2

NY

NY FCS82

NY

AC15-20 (LHD) AC16-1 (RHD)

N

N

47

DP1-22

DP10-1

FC14-62 –

S

+

S

BO 34

DP1-2

DPS7

DP10-10

BK

DP10-13

DP10-12

PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK DP1-2

DPS7

B

B DP1-21

BK

BK


DP1-2

POWER

FC2AR (FC4AR)

NOTE: Coupe vehicles only – Convertible Top fascia harness wiring not used.

DP16-1

OB

O I

MOVEMENT SENSOR

DP16-6

DP10-15

LOGIC

DP10-8

DPS7

OU

O I

DP16-4

DP16-5

DP10-7

DP16-3

DP10-17

PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT

FC2AR (FC4AR)


1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

RF1-13

RH12-15

WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES BK

RH12-17

PW

I

BK

FC14-77

DP16-2

PO

O

DP17-8

BK

RH12-16

GP OLG

WINDOW LIFT CONTROL

FC2AR (FC4AR)

FC14-98

DP1-3

I

DP17-7

RF1-6

GB

PB

I

BK

BK

FC14-36

S

DP10-11

BG

DP17-1

LOCAL WINDOW DOWN

BK

DP10-18

RF1-5

LGW

DP1-8

S DP10-16

I

DP17-2

LOCAL WINDOW UP

U

U DP10-9

NW

RF1-4

LGU

B+

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1


➞

XK8 Range 1998

U

S

–

U

DD10-9

S

S

U

FCS11

S

ACS6

DD1-3

S

FCS12

19.1

SCP

19.1

SCP

19.1

CAN

AC14-9

Y

WINDOW LIFT CONTROL

B 66

G

19.1

NB

15

Y

B+

U

U

S

II

DP1-3

DP10-16

RG

WINDOW LIFT CONTROL

I


BK FCS47

+

S

U

S

S

FC14-84

BTS37

S – FC25-20

FC14-85

SW

S +

RH5-3

GB

2

RH33-2

LH QUARTER LIGHT LIFT

67 VEHICLE SPEED

54

B

NR

RH33-1

BT74

10

8

GR

6

7

GP

RH5-1

BT1BR

LH QUARTER DOWN RELAY


FC14-63

GB

O FC14-98

CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH

GB

GB

RH2-11

BTS33

BT3-3

B 62

NU

4

BT76

5

GY

3

GY BT3-7

LGR RF4-2

LGR RF1-4

I

BK

BK

LGU RF4-1

RF4-3

LGU RF1-5

BTS35

63

OLG RF1-13

LGW RF4-5

RF4-4

LGW RF1-6

O RH6-3

GB

2

RH34-2

RH QUARTER LIGHT LIFT

I FC14-62

56 OLG

1

RH QUARTER UP RELAY

TOP LATCH CLOSED SWITCH

FC3BR

NK


BK RFS1

RF1-3

55

FC14-89

TOP CLOSED SWITCH

U

GR BT3-5

B

NK

9

FC25-19

I

FC62-6

O

GW

C –

FC14-10

FC62-10

DOWN

I

U

GW

3

LH QUARTER UP RELAY

I

FC62-1

FC3BR

S

FC14-32

SR BK

–

FC14-33

WN

16 UP

I

BT74

1

FC25-47

FC14-15

8

NK

C +

G

I

II

S

S

+

WO

5

DP1-8

DP10-9

4 5

FC25-24

FC14-80

S

NR

BT3-4

CAN

53


–

Fig. 15.2

Convertible Top

AC14-8

S

DD10-16

U

U ACS5

DD1-8

S

+

Convertible Top

B

NU

8

GU

6

7

GP

GU

U RH6-1

BTS34

I

BT1BL

FC14-36

TOP READY-TO-LATCH SWITCH

RH34-1

BT76

10

BT3-8

B

NK

9

POWER

GP

O LOGIC

FC14-77

RH QUARTER DOWN RELAY

GP RH2-15

GP

BT3-6

OLG RH12-15


B 64

LGO –

TOP RAISED SWITCH

NK

52

U

S BT40-16

B+ BT40-6

+

RHS2

B

LGY

RH29-1

LGY

LGY

RH29-2

BT3-1

S

S

I

U

B

B

3

B

2

UG

1

S RH12-16

CONVERTIBLE TOP PUMP

TOP UP RELAY

UG BT40-3 BTS18

TOP DOWN SWITCH

RH1S

BT16

5

RH12-15

S BT1-11

O

BT41-3

U BT1-10

BT40-8

B

4

BT15-2 RH29-3

B

NO

65

B

NO

4 5

BT17

W

W

3

BT15-1


NOTE: RHS2 – Coupe only.

B

BTS20

B BT1AL

2

UO

1

B BT2BL

TOP DOWN RELAY

UO

O BT40-10

GW

O BT40-4

BK

B BT53-2

BT53-1

LATCH CONTROL VALVE

I BT40-13

BTS21

BK

I

B

GR

O

BT40-14

BT40-9

BT54-2

BTS20

BT54-1

B

BK BT1AR

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E


I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

BT1AL

MAIN CONTROL VALVE

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: Convertible Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997

➞

XK8 Range 1998

Standard In-Car Entertainment: Convertible

PASSENGER DOOR FULL RANGE

RADIO ANTENNA Y

19.1

CAN

C +

NP

45

B+

FC25-24

IC10-10

G

19.1

CAN

B LGB

LGB

IC10-5


LGB RH1-7

IC2-14

FC38 -2

LGB BT1-20

BT19-6

OP OG

B

BT19-4

OP

OP

BT1AL

FCS67

IC1-12

OG FCS68

10.2

RLG

RLG

RADIO TELEPHONE

16.4

PK

16.4

RADIO TELEPHONE

PR

16.4

RADIO TELEPHONE

16.4

UY

IC2-4

IC10-13

MODE

SW4-1 3.3 Κ Ω

SW2-2

IC1-18

IC10-9

PY

PY

PY

SC3-2

IC2-6

RH27-1

RH1-5

BY

BY IC1-19

IC10-8

SW1-2

RH27-2

RH1-6

IC1-7

KP

KP

VOLUME +

SW4-2

BO

BO SW2-6

SW1-6

SC3-12

BK

AC14-2

CD LINK LEAD

FCS27

IC1-15

IC7

K DD1-11

UG

UG AC14-12

UP

IC8

G DD1-23

UP

UP AC14-11

P DD1-17

O

FC3BL

STEERING WHEEL

FCS28

IC1-14

FCS48

O DD1-12

PK

PK UG

BO

SWS1

AC14-1

IC1-10

IC10-7

CASSETTE

RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES

PO

IC1-9

PK

20 Κ Ω

RH1-3

PO

PO IC10-6

BO

IC8-1

IC7-1

UP

UG

IC7-2

FC39 -1

FC39 -2

W IC8-2

R

CAUTION: The Steering Wheel contains two logic ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.

IC8-3

DD18 -1

DD18 -2

NOT USED

DD19 -1

DD19 -2

IC7-3

NOT USED

G IC8-4

NOT USED

IC7-4

B IC8-5

IC7-5

U IC8-6

DRIVER DOOR FULL RANGE

IC7-6

Y IC8-7

IC7-7

B IC8-8

IC7-8

CD AUTO-CHANGER

BRD


1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

RH25 -2

RH1-4

IC1-8 6.8 Κ Ω

DRIVER SIDE REAR QUARTER FULL RANGE

BS

BS

I IC10-2

SEEK

VOLUME -

RH25 -1

KB

KB

KB

IC2-5

RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT

CASSETTE

RH26-2

RH1-12

PASSENGER SIDE REAR QUARTER FULL RANGE

IC10-12

LGY

BY

PY

BG

IC1-17

IC10-19

RH26-1

RH1-20

BG

BG IC10-16

KW

IC1-16

IC10-20

UY

LGY RT20-9

BW RH1-2

KW

KW

IC2-3

RT20-7

KG RH1-1

BW

PR

UY

LGY

O DP1-12

IC1-4

IC10-15

IC2-2

RT20-1

RADIO TELEPHONE

AC14-3

KG

PK

PK

PR

K

IC10-14

IC2-1

RT20-2

G

PO*

PO* RT20-3

DP18 -2

DP1-11

IC1-3 IC10-4

PO

RH24 -2

DP1-23

SO

SO

* NOTE: Color code changed to P VIN 024687 ➞.

16.4

OG

AC14-4

IC1-2

IC10-17 IC10-3

RADIO TELEPHONE

RH24 -1

P

SK

IC1-1

SO

DIMMER OVERRIDE

DP19 -2

DP1-17

AC14-14

SK

SK IC10-18

RU

OP AC14-13

OG IC1-13

RU

DP18 -1

BTS20

ANTENNA MOTOR

10.2

DP19 -1

NOT USED

IC10-1

O


NOT USED

BT19-3

I

IC1-11

FC38 -1

NG

58

UW

FC26-20

NOT USED

NO CODE

IC10-11

UW

VEHICLE O SPEED

IC12

B+

I

FC25-47

IC13

WY

22

C –

Fig. 16.1

Standard In-Car Entertainment: Convertible

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

CE2

18 I

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: Convertible Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

XK8 Range 1998

Standard In-Car Entertainment: Coupe

Fig. 16.2

Standard In-Car Entertainment: Coupe

* NOTE: Coupe Connector code changed to RH30 VIN 024687 ➞.

RADIO ANTENNA CAN

19.1

CAN

19.1

Y

C +

45

C –

22

NP

FC25-24

IC10-10

G

VEHICLE SPEED

NO CODE

58

UW

FC26-20

IC12

B+

NG

IC1-11

NOT USED BT19-3

I

B

IC10-1

LGB

O

LGB

IC10-5


LGB RH1-7

IC2-14

LGB

BT19-6

B

FC38 -2

BT1AL

OP OG

FCS67

DIMMER OVERRIDE

10.2

RU

OG FCS68

IC10-18

IC10-4

IC10-17

RLG

RLG

PO*

PO

16.4

RADIO TELEPHONE

PK

16.4

PK

PR

16.4

BW RH1-2

KW

KW

UY

BG

IC1-17

IC2-4

RH1-12

LGY IC2-5

KB

KB

IC10-13 IC1-18

SW4-1 3.3 Κ Ω

SW2-2

PY SC3-2

SW1-2

PY IC2-6

BO SW4-2

AC14-2

BO

SWS1

BO

BO SW2-6

FCS28

SW1-6

CD LINK LEAD IC8

G DD1-23

UP

UP AC14-11

P DD1-17

IC7

IC8-1

UP

UG

FC39 -1

FC39 -2

IC7-1

W IC8-2


FCS27

IC1-15

O

FC3BL

STEERING WHEEL

AC14-12

UP

BK FCS48

SC3-12

K DD1-11

UG

UG

IC1-14

CASSETTE

O DD1-12

PK

PK UG

VOLUME -


AC14-1

IC1-10

IC10-7

20 Κ Ω

PO

IC1-9

PK

VOLUME +

RH1-3

PO

PO IC10-6

6.8 Κ Ω

KP

IC1-8

IC10-9

SEEK

RH1-4

KP

KP

IC10-2

BS

IC1-7

IC10-8

I

RH27-2

RH1-6

BS

BS PY

NOT USED

BY

IC1-19

CASSETTE

RH27-1

RH1-5

BY


MODE

NOT USED

RH26-2

IC10-12

LGY RT20-9

PY

RH26-1

RH1-20

BG

IC10-16

UY

LGY

16.4

KG RH1-1

IC1-16

IC2-3

RT20-7

RADIO TELEPHONE

O DP1-12

BW

PR

PR

UY

16.4

AC14-3

IC1-4

IC10-15

IC2-2

RT20-1

RADIO TELEPHONE

K

PK

RT20-2

RADIO TELEPHONE

G

KG

IC10-19

*RH30 *RH30 -1 -2

DP18 -2

DP1-11

IC1-3

BW IC10-14

IC2-1

RH24 -2

DP1-23

SO

SO

KG

PO*

RT20-3

OG

AC14-4

IC1-2

IC10-20

RADIO TELEPHONE

RH24 -1

P

SK

IC1-1

SO


DP19 -2

DP1-17

AC14-14

SK

SK IC10-3

OP AC14-13

OG IC1-13

RU

DP18 -1

OP

OP IC1-12

10.2

DP19 -1

NOT USED

BT19-4

BT1-20

FC38 -1

BTS20

ANTENNA MOTOR


PASSENGER SIDE REAR QUARTER FULL RANGE

IC10-11

UW

O

IC13

WY

I

FC25-47

PASSENGER DOOR FULL RANGE

B+

IC7-2

DD18 -1

DD18 -2

NOT USED

*RH31 *RH31 -1 -2 DD19 -1

DD19 -2

RH25 -1

RH25 -2

R IC8-3

NOT USED

IC7-3

G IC8-4

IC7-4

B IC8-5

IC7-5

DRIVER DOOR FULL RANGE

U IC8-6

IC7-6

Y IC8-7

IC7-7


B IC8-8

IC7-8

CD AUTO-CHANGER

BRD


1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

1 Fig. 01.5

CE2

I

Fig. 01.4 18 I

DRIVER SIDE REAR QUARTER FULL RANGE

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: Coupe Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

XK8 Range 1998

Premium In-Car Entertainment

Fig. 16.3

Premium In-Car Entertainment


RADIO ANTENNA CAN

19.1 19.1

B+ IC10-10

C +

WY

22

FC25-24

CAN

NP

45

Y G

I

C –

PASSENGER DOOR TWEETER

PASSENGER SIDE SQUAWKER (FASCIA)

IC12

IC13 B+

NO CODE

PASSENGER DOOR MID-BASS

PASSENGER SIDE REAR QUARTER MID-RANGE

IC10-11

FC25-47

NG

58 UW

UW

O

VEHICLE SPEED

FC26-20

BT19-3

B

I

IC1-11

IC10-1

LGB

O IC10-5

LGB IC2-14

LGB RH1-7

LGB

BT19-6 BT19-4

BT1-20

10.2

DIMMER OVERRIDE

10.2

RU

RU

RLG

RLG

NG

B+

IC18-6

60

NG

B+

IC18-16

RADIO TELEPHONE

16.4

RADIO TELEPHONE

16.4

RADIO TELEPHONE

16.4

RADIO TELEPHONE

16.4

PO

PO* RT20-3

PK RT20-2

PR

IC2-2

PR

RT20-1

IC14-6

IC2-3

B

UY

RT20-7

IC14-1

IC2-4

Y

IC10-12

LGY

LGY RT20-9

SW4-1 3.3 Κ Ω

MODE

SW1-2

SW2-2

SC3-2

IC2-6

IC18-7

IC18-17

IC1-17

RH26-1

RH1-12

RH26-2

RH26-2

RH27-1

RH27-1

RH27-2

RH27-2

IC10-2

IC1-18

CD LINK LEAD

VOLUME +

IC8

20 Κ Ω

RH1-5

BY

BY

BY

6.8 Κ Ω

KB

KB

KB IC18-8

IC18-18

RH1-6

IC1-19

IC7

DRIVER SIDE REAR SUB-WOOFER (CONVERTIBLE)

O IC8-1

CASSETTE

BO


RH26-1

BG

BG

BG

BRD

I

SEEK

VOLUME -

RH1-20

IC1-16

I IC17-1

IC14-5

CASSETTE

KW

KW

KW

I IC17-6

R PY

PASSENGER SIDE REAR SUB-WOOFER (CONVERTIBLE)

IC17-3

IC14-4

PY

BW RH1-2

IC1-4

I

U


PY

KG RH1-1

G

IC10-13 IC14-3

PY

O

IC17-7

IC14-2

IC2-5

K

BW

BW IC18-3

SW4-2

BO

BO

SWS1

SW2-6

SW1-6

IC7-1

W

BK

BO FCS48

SC3-12

IC8-2

IC18-2

IC8-3

FC3BL

IC8-6

IC1-10

IC18-15

IC8-7

IC18-5

IC8-8

FCS27

IC1-15

G DD1-23

UP

UP AC14-11

P DD1-17

IC7-8

B IC17-4

CD AUTO-CHANGER

BRD

B

CE2

B

UP

UG

B

FC39 -1

FC39 -2

IC4-6

IC17-11


UG

UG AC14-12

UP

UP

IC7-7

B

FCS28

IC1-14

K DD1-11

AC14-2

UG

UG

IC7-6

Y

PK

PK

PK IC18-12

O DD1-12

AC14-1

IC1-9

IC7-5

U

PO

PO

PO IC18-4

IC8-5

RH1-3

IC1-8

IC7-4

B

KP

KP

KP IC18-10

IC8-4


RH1-4

IC1-7

IC7-3

G

REAR SUB-WOOFER (COUPE)

BS

BS

BS

IC7-2

R

STEERING WHEEL

RH24 -2 RH30 -2

DP1-12

AC14-3

IC1-3

I IC17-2

(CONV.) RH24 -1 * (COUPE) RH30 -1

DP1-11

KG

KG IC18-11

DP18 -2

DP19 -2

G

SO

IC1-2

I IC18-1

IC10-16

UY

LGY

O

IC10-15

PR

UY

IC18-13

DP18 -1

DP19 -1

DP1-23

SK

SO

SO

IC10-14

PK

B

P

OG

AC14-4

IC1-1

R

DP1-17

AC14-14

SK

IC18-14

IC2-1

PK

OG FCS68

IC1-13

SK

PO*

OP AC14-13

OG

OG

IC17-12

16.4

FCS67

IC1-12

IC17-5

IC10-4


OP

OP

OP 59

FC38 -2

OP OG

IC10-3

RADIO TELEPHONE

FC38 -1

BT1AL

ANTENNA MOTOR

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING

B BTS20

DD18 -1

DD18 -2

R

B

DD19 -1

DD19 -2

(CONV.) RH25 -1 * (COUPE) RH31 -1

RH25 -2 RH31 -2

IC4-5

POWER AMPLIFIER BT1CS

DRIVER SIDE SQUAWKER (FASCIA)

DRIVER DOOR TWEETER

DRIVER DOOR MID-BASS

DRIVER SIDE REAR QUARTER MID-RANGE * NOTE: Coupe Connector code changed to RH31 VIN 024687 ➞.

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

VARIANT: Premium ICE Vehicles VIN RANGE: 018108 DATE OF ISSUE: FEBRUARY 1998

➞

XK8 Range 1998

Radio Telephone

TELEPHONE ANTENNA


NP

39

NP

NP

BT20-8

LG

I

PK

RT5-10

LG

LG

PR

RT5-11

UY

RT5-16

LGY

RT4-11

RT4-10

BRD

RT3-1

RT4-12

16.2

16.3

ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

16.1

16.2

16.3


16.1

16.2

16.3


LGY

16.1

16.2

16.3


RT20-9

RT5-8

B

B

RT6-2

16.1

U

U

RT6-1

BRD


RT20-7

RT5-15

W

16.3

RT20-1

UY

RT7

16.2

RT20-2

PR

B+ RT2-2

16.1

RT20-3

PK

B+

RT20-10

PO*

RT5-5

RT2-3

21

PO

B+ RT2-10

RTS2

NP

RT4-6

RT3-2

RT5-13

W

R RT4-2

RT3-3

RT5-7

BRD RT5-1

SR

Y RT4-3

RT3-4

RT5-4

SO

O RT4-4

RT3-5

RT5-3

SY

N RT4-5

RT3-6

RT2-8

W

G RT4-1

RT3-7

RT5-12

SK

W RT4-9

RT3-10

RT5-14

G

P RT4-7

BRD

RT3-8

RT2-6

B BRD S

RT5-6

O

RT4-8

RT3-9

RT2-1

HANDSET Y RF9-1

Y RF1-17

RF9-2

Y RT20-4

BRD

RT2-11

BRD RF1-18

BRD RT20-5

RT2-12

MICROPHONE

B RT2-4

B RTS3

RT2-9

B

TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER RT20-6


B FC2CS (FC4CS)

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 16.4

Radio Telephone

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1


➞

XK8 Range 1998


Airbag System

R

19.1

Airbag System

D FC29-6

WG

15

NOTE: This symbol represents a shorting bar used to short terminals together when the connector is separated.

B+

II

FC29-7

RW

13

O FC30-7 FUSE BLOW

O

KN

FC30-3

SO SW10-3

SW11-3 CASSETTE

FUSE BLOW SWITCH

DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG

CAUTION: Do not substitute another fuse value for the Airbag System 10A Battery fuse.

RP

O

R

FC30-2

SW10-1

SW11-1 CASSETTE

RW

14

I FC30-8

STEERING WHEEL SAFING SENSOR

O

RG

FC30-5

RG FC74-1

RW

12

PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG

DEPLOYMENT POWER ENERGY RESERVE

RW

KP

O

KP

FC30-4

FC40-1

RS

FC74-3

O FC30-11

FC40-2

YW FC40-4

BK FC40-3

AIRBAG INTERROGATION CONNECTOR

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK: AIRBAG FAILURE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

FC29-12

YW

08.1

ON

I

YW

KU

I

FC29-5

FC30-10

O

FCS64

LF51-1

KU LF51-2

LF2-5

OP

I FC29-9

BK

ON LF2-4

OP

RH IMPACT SENSOR

LF51-4

LF2-6

I FC29-4

YU

I FC29-11

BK

FCS45

I

KG

I FC30-9

FC30-12

LF50-1

KG LF50-2

LF2-2

OW

I

BK

YU LF2-1

FC29-8

OW LF50-4

LF2-3

FC1S


1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1

LH IMPACT SENSOR

WARNING: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REPLACE THE AIRBAG SYSTEM 10A BATTERY FUSE UNLESS THE AIRBAG SYSTEM HAS BEEN DEACTIVATED. WARNING: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO MEASURE THE RESISTANCE THROUGH THE AIRBAG ASSEMBLY. DOING SO MAY TRIGGER AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT AND POSSIBLY RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY.


➞

Fig. 17.1

XK8 Range 1998

Ancillaries

NB

15

YB

B+ FC14-80

HP1

#11 10A

LF14

B GU

SW2-1

GU

SW1-1

LFS8

FC14-4

4

3

5

1

2

YW #13 10A

CASSETTE

BK

BK

HP3

SW2-5

BK

4

BK

BK

SCS1

SW1-5

LF7-5

RH HORN

GS

HORN RELAY (#6)

HORN SWITCHES

FC3BL

GS

O

STEERING WHEEL

YW

23

B

WU

B

I

LF16


FC14-70

FC42-2

B LFS9

LF60-14

FC42-1

CIGAR LIGHTER

LF17

LF2BR

POWER


LF15

LF1AL

LF6-6

HORN CONTROL

FCS48

SC2-9

B

I

SC3-1

GU HP2

YB

LF7-1

CASSETTE

GU

Fig. 18.1

Ancillaries

LH HORN LOGIC


HORNS

CIGAR LIGHTER

NLG

27

BT25-1

PN #11 10A

PN

BT12-1

BTS38

BT25-3

B 1

3

5

2

1

NR

17

RF10-2

RF11-1

RF10-1

RF11-2

BT25-2 #13

1

TRUNK ACCESSORY CONNECTOR

BT12-5

BT2BR

WN

13 I

BT11-6

ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RELAY (#6)

TRUNK FUSE BOX

BK NLG

28

BK

RFS1

FC51-1

PN

PN BT58-1

PN FC51-3

RH14-1

B

FASCIA ACCESSORY CONNECTOR

RF1-3

GARAGE DOOR OPENER

BK

FC51-2 FC2BL (FC4BL)

FC3BR

ROOF CONSOLE

GARAGE DOOR OPENER

ACCESSORY CONNECTORS

1

6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 1 II

5 E

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

I

Fig. 01.4 1 Fig. 01.5

18 I

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1


➞

B FCS49

FC4BR (FC2BR)

XK8 Range 1998

+

C

–

C

Y LF37-5

Y LF40-3

G LF37-15

C +

+

C

C –

–

C

EM7-83

Y

AJ26 N/A

Y

G

AJ26 N/A

G

EM7-82

C +

+

C

C –

–

C

Y

EM10-26

EM7-86

G LF40-4

Networks; Serial Data Links

EM10-28

EM1-6

EM10-27

C +

+

C

C –

–

C

FC88-9

G

WU

6

FC25-24

II

C –

WN

I


TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 N/A


FC53-8

WO

4


II +

FC53-1

Y

C

Y

C + FC53-6

FC25-23 +

Y

C LF37-5

–

Y

G

C LF37-15

Y

AJ26 SC

–

G

G

G

C – FC53-14

FC25-48

CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK (CAN)

AJ26 SC

EMS52

LF40-4

G

C

EMS53

LF40-3

B+ FC53-9

18

FC25-47

FC88-8

B+ FC53-16

C +

G

FC88-3

EM1-7

NY

24

Y

FC88-4

G

EM10-25

EM7-85

Y

Fig. 19.1

Networks; Serial Data Links


+

Y

C

U

EM72-H –

G

C

S – FC25-20

S

S + FC25-19

EM72-L

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 SC

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK NOTE: Circuit introduced VIN 024687 ➞.

–

U

S FC14-84

+

S

S

U

FC14-85

S – FC53-10

S


–

U

S

U

BT40-16

U

BT1-10

S

+ S

U SP1-3

S

BT1-11

U

FCS11

RH2-11

S

BT40-8

S

S

FCS12

RH2-12

S –

S

+

S

SP1-8

S + SP5-9


U

U

DP10-9

U

ACS5

U

U

S

S

ACS6

S

S

+

S

P

EM11-3

EM13-2

D FC53-12

EM1-5

W

D

S –

S

W

D FC53-13

EM1-20

S + ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

SD5-9

SD1-8


S

P

D

SD5-10

SD1-3

AC14-9

DP1-3

FCCP

VFP

U

AC14-8

DP1-8

S DP10-16

–

NOTE: FCCP – Flash Communication Control Port; VFP – Voltage, Flash Programming

SP5-10


–

S + FC53-2


U

SERIAL OUTPUT

U

DD10-9

STANDARD CORPORATE PROTOCOL NETWORK (SCP)

S

DD10-16

D FC53-3

FC29-6

DD1-8

S

R

D

DD1-3



K

D FC53-15

O

D FC53-7

K

K

D BT69-28

O

O

BT2-20

BT69-10

O

FCS16

RH12-5

D

K

K

EM10-12

O

D

K

EM10-13

O

O

AC14-6

7

51

Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.1 II

5 E

D AC4-21

SERIAL DATA LINK


1

D

O

EM1-2

52

81

Fig. 01.3

6

38

II

II

39 E

55 E

1 Fig. 01.5


I

Fig. 01.4 18 I

FC3BL

AC4-10

AC14-5

FC53-5

BK

K

EM1-1

BK

FCS48


D

6

FC53-4

FC22-6


1

BK

NOTE: Serial Data Link: K wire – serial input O wire – serial output O wire only – Bidirectional Serial Communication

FCS15

RH12-4

BT2-19

O

D

K

Input

O

Output

D


Signal Ground (SG)

C

CAN (Network)

S

SCP Network

Fig. 02.1


➞

DATA LINK CONNECTOR

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE ‘;i Pin Description I FC14~15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY 1 FCi432 IGNITION SWlTCHED GROUND SUPPLY 0 FC14-97 RELAY COILDR,“E

COMPONENTS Active GROUND GROUND

Inactive GROUND

Component BATTERY

Location I Access TRUNK,RlGHTHANDSlDE

BODYPROCESSOR MCIDIJLE FUSEBOX- DRl”ERSlDE

PASSENGER SIDEFASCIA,AIRBAG BRACKET F*sCIA!DRlVER SlDE

Color / Stripe BROWN BROWN BRCJWN BRcwm BROWN HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector

Connector BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS

/ Color

Location I Access PASSENGER SlDEFUSEBOX ENGlNE MANAGEMENT FUSEBOX DRi”ERSIDEFUSEBOX ENGINE CclMPARTMENT FUSEBOX TRUNKFUSEBOX

CONNECTORS

Type / Color

Location / Access TRUNK,ABOVE RGHTHANDREARWHEEL ARCH TRANSMlSSlON TUNNEL ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FALSE BULKHEAD. RlGHTHANDSIDE TRANSMlSSiON TUNNEL TRANSMiSSlON TUNNEL TRANSMISSIDN TUNNEL REAROFCENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY ENGINE CCJMPARTMENT, FALSE B”LKHEAD, RIGHTHANDSIDE

GROUNDS Location I Type BATERYGROUND STUD EYELET (PAIR,- RIGHTHANDLEG/TRUNK,RIGHTREAR EYELET WNGLEI/TRUNK,RIGHTREAR

Ground ST68 BTZBR BTlBS CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE1

+

The following

symbols

are used to represent

I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

D C S

values for Control

Serial and encoded CAN (Network) SCP Network

communications

on this data page is furnished

NOTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. “Active”

Module

Pin Out data: B+ V Hz

Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency

to aid the user in understanding

circuit operation.

KHz MS MV

Frequency x 1000 Milliseconds Millivolts

THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS.

COMPONENTS Component FUSEBOX- ILlRIVER SlDE

Connector / Type / Color FE/ IO~WAY UT A. FUSEBOX I NATURAL KS, IO-WAY u T A. FUSEBOX! BLACK FC90,EYELET FC92,EYELET

Location / Access FASClA,DRIVER SlDE

FUSE BOX- PASSENGER SIDE

FC20 /lo-WAY FC21 I l&WAY FC90 ‘EYELET

FASClA, PFISSENGER SIDE

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

“.T A. FUSEBOX, WT A. FUSEBOX,

NATVRAL BLACK

CONNECTORS

Connector AC12 AC13 AC14 ACli AC16 BE BT58 DD1 DP1 IC2

Type I Color zo-WAYMULTILOCK 070I WHITE Z&WAYMULTlLOCK 070/YELLOW 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070,GREY ?O-WAY M”LTlLOCK 070,GREY G~WAY MULTILOCK 070‘YELLOW ZO-WAY MtJLTlLOCK 070:WHlTE I-WAYECONOSEAL 111 tic, BLACK 23WAYAMP FORD,BLACK X-WAYAMP- FORD,BLACK 14~WAY MVLTlLOCK 070/WHITE

Location / Access FASCIATOP CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHTHANDSIDE FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, RIGHTHANDSIDE FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET! RIGHTHANDSIDE FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOLJNTlNG BRACKET! RIGHTHANDSlDE LEFTHAND’KPOSTCONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET,‘NPOSTTRlM TRUNK/ABOVERIGHTHANDREARWHEEL ARCH TRUNK/ABOVERIGHTHANDREARWHEEL ARCH DRIVER SlDE‘N POSTMOUNTING BRACKET/APOSTTRlM PASSENGER SIDE’NPOSTI’WPOSTTRlM

iF1

PO-WAY MULTILOCK

070,

GREY

LEFT HAND

RF,

18.WAY

070,

YELLOW

RlGHT

RH14

?-WAY

RH2

*o-WAY

SD1

B-WAY MULTILOCK

070:

SP1

*-WAY

070 iYELLOW

MULTILOCK ECONOSEAL MULTILOCK MULTILOCK

BELOW

CENTER HAND

CONSOLE

GLOVE

‘K POST CONNECTOR ‘K POST CONNECTOR

BOX MOUNTING MOUNTING

/II HC, BLACK

REAR OF CENTER

CONSOLE

ASSEMBLY

070 /WHITE

REAR OF CENTER

CONSOLE

ASSEMBLY

YELLOW

BELOW

DRIVER SEAT

BELOW

PASSENGER

BRACKET! BRACKET,‘K

‘fl

POST TRIM POSTTRlM

SEAT


OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

COMPONENTS Component

Connector

I Type I Color

Location

/ Access

FUSE BOX-ENGINE

COMPARTMENi

ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,

LEFT FRONT

FUSE BOX-ENGINE

MAIN*GEMENT

ENGINE COMPARTMENT,

CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

FUSE BOX-TRUNK

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector iC4

CONNECTORS

Type / Color 4-WAYM”LT,LOCK 070,WHITE

Location

/ Access

TRUNKiLEFTOFANTENNAASSEMBLY


OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

COMPONENTS Component

Connector/Type

/ Color

FUSE BOX-DRIVER

SlDE

FC5,lO-WAY ” T A. FUSEBOX, RX, 10.WAY ” T A. FVSEBOX FC90, EYELET FC!3Z, EYELET

FUSE BOX - ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT

LF5,lO~WAY”TA FUSEBOX’NATURAL LF6: IO-WAY “.T A F”SEBOX,‘BLACK LF7/10-WAY ” T A FUSEBOX! GREEN LFB! 10.WAY “.T.A FUSEBOX, BL”E iF70, EYELET

Location

NATURAL ! BLACK

FASCIA,

ENGlNE

FUSE BOX - PASSENGER SIDE

BTIO BTlt BT12 BT13 *Tel,

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

SIDE

COMPARTMENT,

I_10.WAY i ?&WAY I_10.WAY i IO-WAY EYELET

L. T A. U T A. U T A. U.T.A.

FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX FUSEBOX

NATURAL BLACK I GREEN ! BLUE

TRUNK

i ELECTRICAL

Location

/ Access

FASCIA

BOTTOM

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT

BELOW

CENTER

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT

i LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

ENGINE RIGHT

CONNECTOR CONSOLE

MOUNTING

I ADJACENT GLOVE

‘N POST CONNECTOR

COMPARTMENT, HAND’K

BRACKET

POST CONNECTOR

BRACKET,

TO RIGHT HAND

RIGHT

HAND

SlDE

ENCLOSURE

BOX

MO”NTlNG

BRACKET,‘K

POSTTRlM

ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON MOUNTING

BRACKET,‘N

POSTTRIM

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

CARRIER

CONNECTORS

Type / Color

LEFT HAND

DATE

LEFT FRONT

FASCIA, PASSENGER SIDE

FUSE BOX-TRUNK

Connector

I Access

DRl”ER

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

COMPONENTS Component FUSE BOX-ENGINE

Connector MANAGEMENT

EM19, IO-WAY EM20,10-WAY EM70, EYELET

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

I Type / Color U.T.A. “.T.A

FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX,

Location

NATURAL BLACK

ENGINE

/ Access

COMPARTMENT/CONTROL

Type / Color

LF3

1%WAY

ECONOSEAL

Lw.0

13WAY

PI,

57.WAY

B-WAY ECONOSEAL

Location 111LC, BLACK

/ Access

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

RIGHT HAND

111LC, WHITE

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

ENCLOSURE

ECONOSEAL

111LC, BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

SUMITOMO,

BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

BRACKETON

TOP OFTRANSMlSSlON

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. OF ISSUE:

ENCLOSURE

CONNECTORS

Connector EL1

DATE

MODULE

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

COMPONENTS Component ,GNlTlON INERTlA

SWITCH

Connector (KEY-IN

SWlTCHj

FC4,8

SWITCH

FC46 /SWAY

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

Location

/ Type / Color

WAY MULTILOCK

070,

ECONOSEAL

STEERING

WHITE

ADJACENTTO

111LC i BLACK

/ Access COLUMN LEFT HAND

FASCIA

FVSE BOX

CONNECTORS

Connector AC13

Type / Color 2O~WA:y MVLTiLOCK

070 / YELLOW

FASCIA

BOTTOM

BT1

ZO-WAY MVLTlLOCK

070,

TRUNK

ABOVE

LFSO

2O~WAY MVLTILOCK

070! WHITE

LEFT HAND

RH2

20.WAY

070,

REAR OF CENTER

MULTiLOCK

Location WHlTE WHITE

/ Access CONNECTOR RIGHT

HAND

MOUNTlNG REAR WHEEL

‘A’ POST CONNECTOR CONSOLE

MOUNTlNG

BRACKET,

RIGHT

HAND

SIDE

ARCH BRACKET:‘A’POSTTR,M

ASSEMBLY

GROUNDS Ground

Location

FC3BL

EYELET

/ Type

(PAIR) - LEFT HAND

LEG i TRANSMISSION

TUNNEL.

LEFT HAND

SIDE


OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE ‘J Pin Description I FC14~7 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATVS D

FC14-39

SECURITY

COMPONENTS Inactive BTiP,R.D,4.3,21

Active GROUND

ACKNOWLEDGE

(Ni

ENCODED

Component

Connector

BATTERY

BT66, BT67,

COMMUNlCATlDNS

I

FC14-4,

STARTER

ENGAGE

GROUND

CRANKING)

BL

BODY PROCESSOR

0

FC14-73

STARTER

RELAY ACTIVATE

GROUND

,CRANKlNG,

EL

ENGINE

1

FC14~80

BATTERY

SUPPLY

B+

B+

D

FC14-92

ENCODED

Active

Inactive GROUND

REOUEST VOLTAGE

HlGH POWER PROTECTION

COMMUNlCATlONS

EM10-15 EM10-17

PARK ’ NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION SECURlTYACKNOWLEDGE

B+ IP, Nl ENCODED

/

EM,,-6

ENGINE

GROUND

COMMUNICATIONS B+

,CRANKlNGi

SWITCH

NEUTRAL

MODULE

Pin

Description

FCZ2-9

GLASS

D

FCZ2-16

OK TO START

D

X22-17

SECURlTYACKNOWLEDGE

OK TO START

(ENCODED

IENCODED

Inactive

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT/CONTROL

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

FC89,

MULTILOCK 040, GREY MULTlLOCK 010,GREY MULTILOCK 040,GREY MULTlLOCK 040, GREY MULTlLOCK 47,WHlTE MULTlLOCK47IWHITE

ST2, ST3, ST,0

MOTOR

SUPPRESSlON

AN3,

MODULE

SlDE FASCIA,

TRUNK,ADJACENTTO

MULTILOCK

J-WAY

MULTILOCK

STEERING

070 /WHITE

MVLTILOCK

P150, S-WAY SUMlTOMO

COMMUNICATION)

COMMUNICATION, (ENCODED

STARTER

SIDE

EM10,28-WAY EMI1 ,16-WAY EM,2,22-WAY EM13,34-WAY EM,4,12-WAY EM15,22-WAY

FC22 IZO-WAY

(GENERATOR)

HAND

FC,4,104-WAYAMPEEEC,GREY

FC4, E-WAY

SWITCH,

MODULE

SWlTCH

REGULATOR

Active

BREAKAGE,

(KEY-IN

KEYTRANSPONDER

/ Access

RlGHT

PASSENGER

BT60, EYELET BTB, , EYELET BT62, EYELET BT63! EYELET

MODULE

~R.D.4.3.21 ,GNlTlDN

CRANK

D

TRUNK.

GENERATOR

I D

v

MODULE

COMMUNICATIONS

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE 3 Pin Description D EM10-6 OKTO STARTENCODED

KEY TRANSPONDER

MODULE

CONTROL

Location

/ Type I Color

EYELET EYELET

040, 070, 0902,

P-WAY ECDNOSEAL

RIGHT

ENCLOSURE

FRONT


GEAR SELECTOR

BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

ENGINE

BLOCK

REARWARD

111LC, RED

MODULE

BATTERY

GREY

EYELET EYELET , EYELET

BRACKET

COLUMN

ADJACENTTO

GREEN

AlRBAG

ASSEMBLY GENERATOR

OF RIGHT FRONT

HEADLAMP

COMMUNICATION)

RELAYS Relay

Color / Stripe

Connector

STARTERRELAY

BROWN

EMX,

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

Location

I Color

/ Access

RH ENCLOSURE

BROWN

RELAYS

CONNECTORS

Connector

Type / Color

Location

BT80

EYELET

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

EM1

PO-WAY MULTILOCK

070,

WHITE

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO

EM2

18-WAY

MULTiLOCK

070,

YELLOW

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO

RlGHT

HAND

ENCLOSVRE

EM3

14.WAY

MVLTILOCK

070,

GREY

ENGINE

COMPARTMENTiADJACENTTO

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

EM60

Z-WAY

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

BEHIND

PI,

57~WAY SUMITOMO,

ENGiNE

COMPARTMENT,

BRACKET

ST1

EYELET

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

FALSE

ECONOSEAL

111HC, BLACK BLACK

I Access FALSE

BULKHEAD,

RIGHT

HAND

RlGHTHAND

LEFT INNER

SIDE

ENCLOSURE

FENDER

HEAT SHIELD

ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON

BULKHEAD,

RIGHT

HAND

SIDE

GROUNDS Ground

Location

BTSB

BATTERY

FCSBR

EYELET

CONTROL

MODULE

I Type

GROUND

STUD

(PAIR) - RIGHT

HAND

LEG /TRANSMISSION

PIN OUT INFORMATION

TUNNEL,

LEFT HAND

SIDE

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

The following

symbols



D C S

values for Control




Module

communications




circuit operation.

KHz MS MV


THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR


REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS.

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION COMPONENTS

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE rCr Pin Description 1 FC14-7 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS D

FC14-39

SECURITY

Active GROUND

ACKNOWLEDGE

iN1

ENCODED

Inactive

Component

Connector

E+ IP. R. D. 4.3. 21

BATTERY

BT66, EYELET BT67 i EYELET

COMMUNICATIONS

I

FC14-41

STARTER

ENGAGE

GROUND

iCRANKING

B+

BODY PROCESSOR

0

FC14-73

STARTER

RELAY ACTIVATE

GROUND

(CRANKING1

E+

DUAL

/

FC14~80

BATTERY

SUPPLY

B+

B+

ENGlidE

D

FC14-92

ENCODED

Active

Inactive

GENERATOR

RECIUEST VOLTAGE

FClOO-4

NEUTRAL

0

FC100-5

PARKi

SWITCH

NEUTRAL

SWITCH

COMMON

GROUND

SUPPLY

OK TO START-

iNi

GROUND

CONFIRMATION

B+ (P. R. D. 4. 3. 21 GROUND

MODVLE

B- IP. Nl

HlGH POWER PROTECTION

SWITCH

(KEY-IN

KEYTRANSPONDER

Active

Inactive

B+ iP, Nl

GROUND

REGULATOR STARTER

COMMUNlCATiONS

CONFIRMATION

ACKNOWLEDGE

ENCODED

CRANK

GROUND

MODULE

IR. D. 4. 3. Zi ,GN,TlON

ENCODED

PARK i NEUTRAL

ENGINE

CONTROL

GROUND

GROUND

STATUS

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE v Pin Description

SECURITY

MODULE

SWITCH

COMMUNlCATlONS

DUAL LINEAR SWITCH 77 Pin Description FC100~2 TCM! DUAL LINEAR 0

LINEAR

GREY

MULTTILOCK

070,

12.WAY

PASSENGER LEFT HAND

GREY

SIDE

SIDE FASC,A,AIRBAG

BRACKET

S\DE OF GEAR SELECTOR,

CENTER

COMPARTMENT,

CONTROL

AN, I EYELET AN*, EYELET ST, 1 , EYELET

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT!

RIGHT FRONT

BT60 BT61 BTGZ 8163

TRUNK,

ADJACENT

i EYELET 1 EYELET 1 EYELET ! EYELET

AN3,

MODULE

HAND

ENGlNE

MULTILOCK

WHITE

STEERING

040 I GREEN

ADJACENT

070,

MULTILOCK SUMITOMO

0902,

BLACK

ST2, EYELET ST3, EYELET STlO , EYELET

MOTOR

I Access

RlGHT

EMlO, Z-WAY MVLTlLOCK 040, GREY EM,,, ,S-WAYM”LTlLOCK040,GREY EM12 I Z-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY EM,3!34-WAY M”LTlLOCK040,GREY EM14 I 12.WAY MULTILOCK 47 i WHlTE EMIS I 22.WAY MVLTILOCK 47, WHITE

P,50,3WAY

iGENERATOR

SUPPRESSION

AMP EEEC,

FC,OO!

FC22 i 20.WAY

IR.D.4.3.21

COMMUNICATIONS

TRUNK,

FC14 I,01-WAY

FC4,8~WAY

SWITCHI

MODULE

Location

I Type I Color

Z-WAY

ECONOSEAL

CONSOLE ENCLOSURE

TO BATTERY

COLUMN TO DRIVER

SIDE FUSE BOX

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT/GENERATOR

ENGlNE

BLOCK

REARWARD

111LC: RED

MODULE

OF RIGHT FRONT

HEADLAMP

Bi

iCRANKING)

RELAYS KEY TRANSPONDER v D

Pin FC22~9

MODULE

Relay

Description GLASS

BREAKAGE

D

FCZZ-16

OK TO ST*RT

D

FCZZ-17

SECURITY

Inactive

Active ,OKTO

(ENCODED

ACKNOWLEDGE

STARTIENCODED

ST*.RTER

RELAY

Color / Stripe

Connector

BROWN

EM50,

Location

/ Color

/ Access

RH ENCLOSURE

BROWN

RELAYS

COMM”NlCATlON,

COMMUNICATION) (ENCODED

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

COMMUNlCATlONi

CONNECTORS

Connector

Type / Color

Location

8180

EYELET

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

EM,

*O-WAY

070 i WHITE

~iuGmE

C~MP*RTMENT,ADJ*CENTTO

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

EM2

18~WAY MULTILOCK

070,

YELLOW

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

EM3

14.WAY

070,

GREY

ENGINE

C~MP*RTMENT/ADJ*CENTTO

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

EM60

Z-WAY

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

BEHlND

PI1

57.WAY

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

BRACKET

ST1

EYELET

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

FALSE BULKHEAD,

MULTILOCK MULTILOCK ECONOSEAL

111HC , BLACK

SUMITOMO,

BLACK

I Access FALSE

BULKHEAD,

ADJACENTTO

LEFT ,NNER

RlGHT

HAN0

FENDER

SlDE

HEAT SHIELD

ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION RIGHT HAND

SIDE

GROUNDS Ground

Location

BTBB

BATTERY

EMlAL

EYELET

(PAIR) - LEFT HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

RIGHT

EMZAL

EYELET

(PAIR) - LEFT HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT.

LEFT HAND

CONTROL

The following

symbols



D C S

values for Control


communications


NOTE: The values listed are approximately ComPonents connected and fitted. “Active”

Module

MODULE

/ Type

GROUND

ST”0

PIN OUT INFORMATION

HAND

ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE

(FOLD OUT PAGE)




circuit operation.

KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR



OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS.

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

ENGINE CONTROL

PIN OUT INFORMATION MODULE

COMPONENTS

Description IGNITION SWiTCHED POWER SUPPLY IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SVPPLY OKTOSTART-ENCODED COMM”NlCATlONS BA”ERYPOWER SUPPLY

Active E+ B+

Inactive 0” B+

B+

BRAKE SWITCH SERIAL COMM”NlCATlONS SERIAL COMM”NlCAT,ONS PARKING BRAKE SWITCH PARK, NEUTRAL CONF,RMAT,ON EMS CONTROLLED RELAYACTlVATE SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE WTS I ECTS :TPS, MECHANICAL GUARD POSlTlON PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROUND MECHANICAL GUARD POSlTlON, PEDAL POSlTlON! TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE GROUND GROUND CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK

GROUND

B+ B+

ECM PROGRAMMING ENGINE CRANK FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR FEEDBACK MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSlTlON, TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE ECT FEEDBACK TPS FEEDBACK TPS FEEDBACK lATS,ECTS,TPS/MECHANlCALG”ARDPOSlTlDN, PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROUND MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION FEEDBACK MECHANICAL GUARD POSITiON / PEDAL POSITION PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK

/

symbols

CAUTION: The information REFERENCE ONLY.

D C S

LF5.2, Z-WAY YAZAKI

EVAPP

LF58,

EVAPORATIVE

E+ E+ 0 2 ” = HIGH PRESSURE

5v

5v 0.41 V @ 195.F (DECREASING 0.5 v = IDLE. 4.75 V = WOT 0.5 V = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT GROUND

WITH TEMPERATURE)

GROUND

0.5 V = IDLE. 4.75 V = WOT GROUND 0.5” = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT 0 5 V = IDLE; 4.75” = WOT

iI -PS SHIELD

GROUND

GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND 0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 -20 0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 5” @ 1000 RPM = 556 HZ; 5 Hz @ IDLE GROUND 5 V @ 1000 RPM = 566 Hz: GROUND

‘B’ BANK ‘A’ BANK


Module

communications


ENGlNE,

P115, Z-WAY

ECONOSEAL

111HC, BLACK

‘B’ BANK

EM64,

P14, Z-WAY

VALVE

-A

UPSTREAM

EM21,

HOZS: HEATED

OXYGEN

SENSOR

-B

UPSTREAM

EM23,

KS KNOCK

SENSOR

- B

MASS

025:

OXYGEN

SENSOR-A

OX:

OXYGEN

SENSOR

PARKING

AIR FLOW SENSOR - B DOWNSTREAM

AND MECHANICAL

THRO”LE

MOTOR

THRO”LE

POSITION

GUARD

ECONOSEAL

COMPARTMENT,

REAR OF ENGINE

ENGiNE

COMPARTMENT,

CONTROL

TRUNK

OUARTER,

i FUELTANK

090 II, GREY

‘N BANK

REARWARD

MODULE

CONVERTER

CATALYTIC

CONVERTER

FLANGE

“EE,

UNDER

INTAKE

MANIFOLD

P127, Z-WAY

ECONOSEAL

111LC, BLACK

ENGlNE

“EE,

UNDER

INTAKE

MANIFOLD

P135,5-WAY

YAzAKlO902,

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

Z-WAY

BLACK

SUMITOMO

090 A TYPE,

‘X BANK

GREY

REARWARD

CATALYTIC

CONVERTER

CATALYTIC

CDNVERTER

OF AIR CLEANER

EM24,2-WAYSUMlTOMO09OATYPE,GREY

‘8’ BANK

FC19,

BELOW

PARKING

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT/THROTTLE

ASSEMBLY

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT/

THROTTLE

ASSEMBLY

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

THROTLE

ASSEMBLY

LUCAR

RIGHT ANGLE YAZAKI

0902, CLIP,

BLACK BLACK

SUMITOMO

TS090,

BLACK

BRAKE

LEVER

SUMITOMO

090 DC INHIBIT

1, BLUE

BEHlND

RIGHT HAND

WHEEL

ARCH LINER

EL3,2-WAY

SUMlTOMO

090 DC INHIBIT

1 , BROWN

BEHIND

RIGHT HAND

WHEEL

ARCH LINER

EL4,

YAZAKI

BEHIND

RIGHT HAND

WHEEL

ARCH LINER

-2

*-WAY

090,

GREY

VVI SOLENOID

VALVE:

VARIABLE

VALVE TIMING

SOLENOID

VALVE -A

P131, P-WAY AMP JUNIOR

POWER TIMER,

BLACK

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENTI’K

VVT SOLENOID

VALVE:

VARIABLE

VALVE TiMlNG

SOLENOID

VALVE -B

P132,lWAY

POWER TIMER,

BLACK

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

AMP JUNIOR

ENCLOSURE

OF ROAD WHEEL

EVAPORATIVE

CATALYTIC

ENCLOSURE TOP HOSE

MODULE

ENGlNE

- 3

SWITCHING

ENGiNE

‘B’ BANK

VALVE

SWITCHING

VACUUM

REAR CONTROL

090 II, GREY

VALVE

VACUUM

HEAD,

111LC, BLACK

ELZ, Z-WAY

VALVE

CYLINDER

COMPARTMENT,

SUMITOMO

- 1

SWlTCHlNG

OF ROAD WHEEL

ENGlNE

LH FRONT

BLACK

REARWARD

ECONOSEAL

&WAY

W/4-WAY

SENSOR

QUARTER!

REAR OF BED PLATE

Z-WAY

P142, I-WAY

SENSORS

J2,

,,I LC I BLACK

SUMITOMO

P133, P-WAY TWIN

“AC”“,,,

WHITE

E J2, GREY

ECONOSEAL

a-WAY

EM22,

DOWNSTREAM

BRAKE SWITCH

PEDAL POSITION

Z-WAY

PIEi

MAFS

070,

ECONOSEAL

BT5,3WAY

SENSOR

SENSOR

SENSOR-A

MULTlLOCK

EM,O,ZB-WAY MULTlLOCK 040,GREY EM,, ,16-WAY MULTiLOCK 040, GREY EM12 122.WAY MULTiLOCK 040, GREY EM,3,34-WAY MULTILOCK040,GREY EM,4:,2-WAYMULTILOCK47,WHlTE EM15,22-WAY MULTlLOCK47,WHlTE

OXYGEN

KS: KNOCK

*-WAY

090,

BANKCYLINDER ‘B’ BANK

CYLiNDER

HEAD,

FRONT

HEAD,

FRONT

Relay

GROUND GROUND GROUND

B+ B+ B+ Bt B+ KHz = KNOCK KHz = KNOCK 2000 RPM = 1132 Hz

MOTOR

POWER

RELAY

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

Color / Stripe

Connector

BROWN

EMIGIBROWN

Location

I Color

CONTROL

ENCLOSURE

RELAYS

CONNECTORS

Connector AC13

Type / Color

BT2

Location

I Access

070 iYELLOW

FASClA

BOTTOM

PO-WAY MULTILOCK

070,

TRUNK,

ABOVE

EL,

B-WAY ECONOSEAL

111LC, BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT/RIGHT

EM1

X-WAY

MULTlLOCK

070 /WHITE

ENGINE

COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO

LF3

,3-WAY

ECONOSEAL

11, LC, WHITE

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

111LC, BLACK

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

20.WAY

I Access MODULE

M”LT,LOCK

WHITE

CONNECTOR RIGHT

HAND

MO”NT,NG

BRACKET,

REAR WHEEL HAND

RIGHT

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

1%WAY

ECONOSEAL

PI,

57.WAY

SUMlTOMO,

BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

BRACKET

ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION

PI2

13.WAY

ECONOSEAL

111LC, BLACK

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

BRACKET


RH,

Z&WAY

MULTILOCK

BEHIND

GLOVE

GREY

SIDE

ENCLOSURE

LF40

070,

HAND

ARCH

BOX

GROUND 2000 RPM = ,132 Hz GROUND

GROUNDS

GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROVND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND

Ground

Location

EM,AL

EYELET

(PAIR) - LEFT HAND

EMlAR

EYELET

,PA,R, - RiGHT

EMlBR

EYELET

(PAIR,

EM2AL

EYELET

(PAIR, - LEFT HAND

EMlAR

EYELET

(PAIR) - RIGHT HAND

LEG i ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

EM2BR

EYELET

(PAIR) - RIGHT

LEG,

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

CONTROL

MODULE

/ Type LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

RlGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

RIGHT HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

HAND

LEG,

ENGINE ENGINE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

GROUND GROUND (VALVE

B+ E+ B+

OPEN)


AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK values for Control

111LC, BLACK

HEATED

~02%

THROTTLE

GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND

CONTROL

PRESSURE

LH FRONT

ECONOSEAL

RELAYS

B+ GROUND GROUND

EMISSION

FUEL TANK

BLACK

i 3.WAY

P,,,

(R.D.4.3.21

GROUND GROUND

B+ B+ B+ GROUND B+ B+ GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND

NOTE: The values listed are approximately connected and fitted. “Active”

components

TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL

GROUND

0.98” @ ,O*C, DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE 1 2” @ IDLE, INCREASING WITH RPM INCREASE 0.1 - 0.9 V Q IDLE ISWING) 0.t - 0.9 ” 0 IDLE iSWlNGi 0.1 0.9 V C IDLE (SWING, 0.1 - 0.9” 6 iDLE (SWING, GROUND GROUND GROUND


I Input 0 output SG Signal Ground

5V

B+ GROUND (CRANKING1 4.9” = LOW PRESSURE,

THROT7LE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY GROUND THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROT7LE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

The following

5”

GROUND B+

GROUND GROUND

ECM PROGRAMMING CANISTER CLOSE VALVE ACT,“ATE VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #3 ACT,“ATE VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #, ACTIVATE VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #2 ACTIVATE THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE ‘B’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK ‘A’BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK CKPS SIGNAL CMPS SIGNAL CMPS/ CKPS, KNOCK SENSORS COMMON SHlELD CKPS SIGNAL CMPS SIGNAL GROUND

NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX

B+

I Access

Connector I Type I Color AC24!4-WAYM”LTlLOCK 070,WHITE

FTP SENSOR:

IATS FEEDBACK MAFS FEEDBACK UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK H02S UPSTREAM ‘N BANK HOZS DOWNSTREAM ‘B’ BANK 025 DOWNSTREAM ‘N BANK 0% MAFS REFERENCE GROUND MAFS REFERENCE GROUND 025, HOZS COMMON SHlELD

UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK HOZS HEATER UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK H02S HEATER E”AP VALVE ACTlVATE VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOlD VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID GROUND GROVND GROUND

GROUND IAPPLIED) E+ IP. Ni GROUND ENCODED CDMMUNlCATlONS GROUND

Location

Component BRAKE SWlTCH CC”.CANlSTER CLOSE VALVE CKPS. CRANKSHAFT POSITiON SENSOR CMP%CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR Em!ANDKM COOLING FAN EC-ISENGINE COOLANTTEMPERAT”RE SENSOR ENGlNE CONTROL MODULE

MESSAGES.



Battery voltage Voltage (DC.1 Frequency circuit operation.


SHOULD BE USED FOR



OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS.

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

ENGINE CONTROL


COMPONENTS

Description IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY IGVITION SWlTCHED POWER SUPPLY OK To START- ENCODED COMM”NICAT10NS BRAKE SWITCH - NOT USED BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY BRAKE SWITCH SERIAL COMM”NICAT,ONS SERlALCOMM”NICAT,ONS PARKING BRAKE SW,TCH PARK ’ NEUTRAL CONFIRMAT,ON EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTIVATE SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE IATS ECTS, TPS ’ MECHA\UICAL GUARD PosITIOI\: PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFEREYCE GRO”ND MECLIANICAL GUARD POSITION! PEDAL POSlTlON TPS COMMOV REFERENCE VOLTAGE GROUND GROUND CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK

:

CKPS

CRANKSHAFT

CMPS’

CAMSHAFT

BGROUND

B+ B-

GROUND GROUND 15 1500 15 1500 15 1500 15 - 1500 Bi GROUND

GROUND BGROUND

GROUND GROUYD Hi HZ Hz HZ

TEMPERATURE

,CRANK,NGl

0.41 V Q 195F (DECREASING 0 5 V = IDLE; 4.75 ” = WOT 0.5 V = IDLE: 4 15 ii = WOT GROUND

SENSOR-B

SENSOR-A

KS- KNOCK

SENSOR

MAE:

MASS

AND MECHANICAL

VALVE

- 1

VALVE

- 2

5”

VACUUM

SWlTCHlNG

VALVE

-3

“VT SoLENOlD

“AL”E.

“VT SOLENOlD

VALVE: VARIABLE

“ARABLE

B+ B+ BBI 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK

MULTILOCK M”LTILOCK040 MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTiLOCK MULTILOCK

040 / GREY ‘GREY 040 ’ GREY 040 1 GREY 47 I WHITE 47 ‘WHITE

HEAD,

REAR

COMPARTMENT!

CONTROL

ENGiNE

COMPARTMENT

REAR OF ENGINE

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT;

CONTROL

J2 / BLACK

LH FRONT

OUARTER

I REARWARD

SUMITOMO

OX II: GREY

‘N BANK

CATALYTIC

CONVERTER

UPSTREAM

EM*3

i&WAY

CATALYTIC

CONVERTER

GUARD

090 II I GREY

‘B’ BANK ENGINE

“EE,

UNDER

INTAKE

MANIFOLD

P127,2

111LC, BLACK

ENGINE

“EE,

UNDER

INTAKE

MANIFOLD

0902 ! BLACK

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT:

ANGLE

BELOW

PARKING

P135 1 s-WAY

YAZAK,

FC19 : LUCAR

RlGHT

WAY TWIN

0902 ’ BLACK CLIP,

BLACK

REARWARD

BRAKE

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT/THROTTLE

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

THROTTLE

ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY

TSO9O / BLACK

EL*,

Z~WAY SUMlTOMO

090 DC INHIBIT

1, BLUE

BEHlND

RlGHT

HAND

WHEEL

ARCH

LINER

EL3,

*-WAY

0911 DC INHIBIT

1, BROWN

BEHIND

RIGHT

HAND

WHEEL

ARCH

LINER

EL4,

P-WAY YAZAKI

BEHIND

RIGHT HAND

WHEEL

ARCH LINER

090,

GREY

TlMlNG

SOLENOID

VALVE - A

P131, P~WAY AMP JUNIOR

POWER TIMER

I BLACK

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

SOLENOID

VALVE

P132, Z~WAY AMP JUNIOR

POWER TIMER,

BLACK

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENTj’B’

B

ASSEMBLY

!THRO”LE

VALVE TIMING

“ALVE

OF AIR CLEANER

LEVER

SUMITOMO SUMlTOMO

ENCLOSURE

OF ROAD WHEEL

111LC I BLACK

WAY ECONOSEAL

ENCLOSURE TOP HOSE

MODULE

SUMITOMO

PI42 i B-WAY YAZAKI

SENSORS

MODULE

P126, P-WAY ECONOSEAL

P16: a-WAY

SWITCHING

E J2 : GREY

CYLlNDER

ENG,NE

2~WAY ECONOSEAL

PI%,*

SWITCHING

‘B’ BANK

BLACK WHITE

I4~WA.y

BRAKE SWITCH MOTOR

070,

PEDAL

: REAR OF BED PLATE

EM*,

AIR FLOW SENSOR

THROTTLE

ENGINE

L&B

VALVE

- B

VACUUM

GROUND GROUND

‘A’ BANK

CYLlNDER

HEAD,

FRONT

BANK

CYLINDER

HEAD,

FRONT

RELAYS Relay MOTOR

POWER

RELAY

Color I Stripe

Connector

BROWN

EM16,

Location

I Color

CONTROL

BROWN

I Access MODULE

ENCLOSURE

RELAYS

CONNECTORS Location

/ Access

Connector

Type / Color

AC13

*O-WAY

MULTILOCK

OX,

YELLOW

FASCIA

BT2

*O-WAY

MULTILOCK

070,

WHITE

TRUNK/ABOVE

EL1

B-WAY ECONOSEAL

111LC, BLACK

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT

EM,

Z&WA,’

MULTILOCK

070 , WHITE

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT!ADJACENTTO

LF3

73.WAY

ECONOSEAL

111LC,WHITE

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

111LC, BLACK

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENG,NE

COMPARTMENT!

BRACKET


ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

BRACKET


BEHIND

GLOVE

LF40

13~WAY ECONOSEAL

PI,

57~WAY SUMlTOMO

PI2

13.WAY

ECONOSEAL

RHI

*O-WAY

MULTILOCK

i BLACK II/ LC, BLACK OX,

GREY

BOTOM

CONNECTOR RIGHT

HAND

MOUNTING

BRACKET/RIGHT

REAR WHEEL

I RiGHT

HAND

LEFT HAND

HAND

SIDE

ARCH

ENCLOSURE RIGHT HAND

ENCLOSURE

ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE

BOX

GROUNDS

GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND

GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND

Ground

Location

EMlAL

EYELET

(PAIR) - LEFT HAND

EMlAR

EYELET

,PA,R) - RlGHT

EMiBR

EYELET

~PAIR) - RIGHT HAND

EM*AL

EYELET

,PA,R, -LEFT

EM**R

EYELET

(PAIR) - RIGHT HAND

LEG 1 ENGINE

COMPARTMENT.

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

EMZBR

EYELET

(PA,R, -RIGHT

LEG,

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

CONTROL

MODULE

/ Type HAND HAND HAND

LEG, LEG,

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT.

RIGHT HAND

ENCLOSURE

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

LEG 1 ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

LEG,

ENGINE ENGINE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

GROUND GROUND BL B+

OPEN,

BGROUND GROUND GROUND

AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK


OXYGEN

KS KNOCK

-A

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

Bd Bt GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND B-

communications

HOZS. HEATED

THROTTLE

a, B+ BGROUND


SENSOR

111LC! BLACK

UPSTREAM

CONTROL

OXYGEN

VACUUM

GROUND

(VALVE

EMlSSlON

HEATED

SENSOR

GROUND

5”@lOoORPM=566Hz;2000RPM=1132H* GROUND

Module

~02s

TOP OF BRAKE

111HC

ECONOSEAL

EMlO ‘28.WAY EM,, ,&WAY EM,* Z-WAY EM13 34.WAY EM14 12.WAY EM15 /**-WAY

POSITION

GROUND

values for Control

EVAPP- E”ApORATI”E

ECONOSEAL

I Access

070 /WHITE

2~WAY MULTILOCK

P14 : %WAY

SENSOR

MODULE

THRo”LE

GROUND

GROUND

‘B’ BANK ‘A’ BANK

CONTROL

EB+

WITH TEMPERATURE)

0 5 V = IDLE; 4.75” = WO, GROUND 0.5 V = IDLE. 4 75 ” = WOT 0.5 V = IDLE; 4.75” = WOT

GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND

COOLANT

PEDAL POSITION

GROUND


ECTS

ENGINE

II 3.WAY

EMS4

FAN

Location

/ Type / Color MULTlLOCK

P,,5 1 Z-WAY ECONOSEAL

SENSOR

EC,,, AND TCM COOLING

PARKING

5”

GROUND GROUND

POSITION

P,,,

SENSOR

IR.D.4.3.2,

COMMUNlCATloNS

GROUND GROUND GROUND 0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 0 KHz = NO KNOCK,

POSlTlON

B-

(APPLIED,

GROUND GROUND



B-

0.98 V @ 10°C. DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE 1 2 V @ IDLE, INCREASING WITH RPM INCREASE 0 1~ 0 9 V @ IDLE iSWING, 0.1 -0.9V@ IDLE (SWING)

UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK Hozs HEATER UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK HOZS HEATER EVAP VALVE ACTIVATE VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOlD VARIABLE VALVE TlMlNG SOLENOlD GROUND GROUND GROUND

D C S

AC24 i4WAY

5v

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY GROUND THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND THROTrLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY

symbols

Connector

BRAKE SWITCH

BT IP, NI GROUND ENCODED GROUND

ECM PROGRAMMING NOT USED VACUUM SWlTCHlNG VALVE #3 ACTIVATE VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #I ACTlVATE VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #2 ACTIVATE THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE ‘B’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK ‘A’ BiWK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK CKPS SIGNAL CMPS SIGNAL CMPS, CKPS, KNOCK SENSORS COMMON SHlELD CKPS SIGNAL CMPS SIGNAL GROUND


Component

GROUND

IATS FEEDBACK MAFS FEEDBACK ‘B’ BANK HO% ‘A’ BANK HOZS NOT USED NOT USED MAFS REFERENCE GROUND MAFS REFERENCE GROUND HOE COMMON SHIELD

The following

Inactive 0”

ENGlNE

ECM PROGRAMMING ENGlNE CRANK NOT USED MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION I PEDAL POSITION, TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE ECT FEEDBACK TPS FEEDBACK TPS FEEDBACK IATS 1 ECTS I TPS 1 MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROUND MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION FEEDBACK MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION 1 PEDAL POSlTlON i TPS SHIELD PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK


Active B+ Bi

MESSAGES.




circuit operation.

KHz MS MV


THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR



OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS.

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

ENGINE CONTROL ‘;r 0 I 1 I

Pin EM,O-2 EM10-3 EM104 EMlO-


COMPONENTS

Description A,CCMLOADINHIBIT A!CCMELECTRICAL LOADSIGNAL ArCCM COMPRESSOR CLUTCH REOUEST BRAKE SWITCH

Inactive B+

Component AIRCONDlTlDNlNG

COMPRESSOR

C-WAY REFRIGERANT SWITCH HIGHPRESSURE 4~WAY REFRlGERANT SWlTCH HIGHPRESSURE IGNITION

MODULE

2 SWlTCHlNG

FEEOBACK

1

iM,Z-9

IGNITlOY

MODULE

2 SWITCHING

FEEDBACK

0

EM,Z-10

AIR CONDITIONING

COMPRESSOR

0

FUEL PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE

0

CRUISE CONTROL

ON STATUS

/ Access

COMPARTMENT:&‘C

A/C UNlTiRlGHTHAND

COMPRESSOR SIDE

GROUND

BGROUND

EM12.5 iM,Z-6 EM12-8

ENGINE

GROUND

BRAKE CANCEL

I I I

Location

Connector I Type /Color P136,I-WAYS”MlTOM0090A-TYPE,BLACK

CLUTCH

RELAYACTIVATE

SWTCH

CRUISE

CONTROL

ON , OFF SWITCH

CRUISE

CONTROL

SWITCHES

ENGINE

CONTROL

MODULE

AC4,22-WAY

MULTILOCK

47 i GREY

ACZ4!4-WAY

MULTILOCK

070 !WHITE

TOP OF BRAKE

NATURAL

REARWARD

AND WHlTE

CENTER

OF STEERING

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT!CONTROL

TRVNK,

ELtCTRlCAL

FC63

(STEERING

,O~WAY AMP MOL!

SW3 I3-WAY

WHEEL,

EPC,

BLACK

PEDAL

OF GEAR SELECTOR WHEEL MODULE

ENCLOSURE

B+ B+ B-

GROUND LED

GROUND

NOT USED SERIES iLOW PARALLEL

SPEED FAN *CTI”*TE

(HIGHI

B+

SPEED FAN ACT,“*TE

B+

IGYITION

COIL REL*YACT,“ATE

IGNITION

MODULE

1 SWliCHlNG

lGNlTiON

MODULE

2 SWTCHING

0

IGNITION

MODULE

2 SWITCHING

0

IGNITION

MODULE

1 SWlTCHlNG

IGNITION

COlL - ,A

pi,*,

090x,

BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

CAMSHAFT

0

IGNITION

MODULE

2 SWlTCWlNG

IGNlTlON

COiL-

1B

P122, Z-WAY YAZAKI

mm,

BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

CAMSHAFT

COVER

IGNITION

MODULE

1 SWlTCHlNG

lGNlT\ON

COlL

2A

P119 i Piv*y

090x

: BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

CAMSHAFT

CO”ER

IGNITION

MODULE

1 SWlTCHlNG

COMP*RTMENT,CAMSHAFTCO”EB

IGNITION

MODULE

1 SWlTCHlNG

0

B+

‘3B’ACTl”ATE

GROUND

B-

INJECTOR

‘2B’ACTl”ATE

GROUND

B7

INJECTOR

‘4K ACTIVATE

GROUND

B+

INJECTOR

‘,A

ACTIVATE

GROUND

B+

INJECTOR

‘48’ ACTIVATE

GROUND

B-

INJECTOR

‘3N ACTIVATE

GROUND

B+

INJECTOR

‘2K ACTIVATE

GROVND

B+

lNJECTOR

‘1B’ACTI”ATE

GROUND

B-

Al31

AIR CONDlTlONlNG

I

AC4-7

LOAD INHIBIT

KS9

COMPRESSOR

I

AC%17

REFRIGERANT&WAY

CLUTCH

YAZAK,

CARRIER

COVER

Pi23,

?~W/IY YAZAKI

BLACK

COIL-W.

Pm,

P-WAY YAZAKlO9OX,

BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

CAMSHAFT

COVER

P124, Z-WAY YALM

090x,

BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

CAMSHAFT

COVER

IGNlTlON

COIL-U

PI21 ,l~WAY

YAZAKI

090x,

BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENTiCAMSHAFT

lGNlT,ON

COILL4B

Pi25,2~WAY

YAZAKI

090X,

BLACK

ENGINE

COMP*RTMENT,CAMSHAFTCO”ER

COIL - 28

090X,

COVER

IGNlTlON

MODULE

1

EM27,12-WAY

lGNlT,ON

POWER MODULE:

BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT/BULKHEAD,

RIGHT

IGNiTlON

MODULE

- 2

EM29,12-WAY

IGNITION

POWER MODULE!

BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

RADIATOR

FAN CONTROL

RADlATOR

FAN - LH

RADIATOR

FAN - RH

RELAY

LB,

MODULE

PRESSURE

SWITCH

%WAY

TRW,

ADJACENT

BLACK

LF13,

Z-WAY

WI?,

2~WAY REINSHAGEN

LB,,

G-WAY ECONOSEAL

RElNSHAGEN

BULKHEAD,

TO LEFT HAND

SIDE

HORN

METR,

630,

BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

METRI

530,

BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT/FRONT

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

111LC, BLACK

HANDSIDE

FRONT REARWARD

OF RADlATOR

RELAYS Relay

Inactive D”

Active B+,ONi

STATUS LOAD SlGNA,

ON REOUEST PRESSURE

YAZAK,

NATURAL BLACK GREEN BLUE

COlLLBB

AIR CONDlTlONlNG

B+

0”

0”

B-

B+

0”

Cl”,*-30BARi

B- (OUT OF ACTIVE

FUEL PUMP IGNITION

0

FVSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX, FVSEBOX,

IGNlTlON

REFRIGERANT4-WAY

MODULE

ELECTRICAL

*-WAY

“.T.A u T4. U T.A U T A

ICNlTlON

SWlTC,,

RANGE1

COMPRESSOR

CLUTCH

RELAY

LX ENCLOSURE TRUNK

BROWN

RELAY (#4)

BROWN

BUS

BROWN

EM’Z,

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector AC12

/ Color

/ Access

Connector

RELAY

COIL RELAY

Location

Color / Stripe BROWN

BUS EM5 i BROWN

FUEL INJECTION 0

BTlO: 10.WAY Bill I ,&WAY BT12,10-WAY BT13,10-WAY BT64, EYELET

TRUNK

ENGINE

lGNlTlON

iNJECTOR

AIR CONDlTlONlNG CONTROL v Pin Description I ACbl COMPRESSOR CLUTCH

FUSE BOX

CONTROL

Location

AC13 BT2

*O-WAY

M”LT!LOCK

EM1

20.WAY

EM2

l&WAY

EM3 LF3

14~WAY MVLTiLOCK

MODULE

ENCLOSURE

RELAYS

/ Access

FASCIA

TOP CONNECTOR

FASCIA

BOTTOM

070 /WHITE

TRUNK,

ABOVE

MULTILOCK

070,

WHITE

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,AOJACENTTO

RIGHT

MULTILOCK

070,YELLOW

ENGINE


RlGHTHAND

ENCLOSURE

070,

ENGINE

COMP*RTMENT,ADJACENTTO

RIGHTHAND

ENCLOSURE

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

13~WA\y ECONOSEAL

II/ K,

GREY WHITE

MOUNTING

CONNECTOR RIGHT

BRACKET,

MOUNTING

HAND

RlGHT

BRACKET,

REAR WHEEL

HAND

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

13WAY

ECONOSEAL

111LC, BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

57.WAY

SUMlTOMO,

BLACK

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

BRKKET

ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSiON

PI2 RH1

IS-WAY

ECONOSEAL

l/l LC, BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

BRACKET

ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSiON

2O~WA.Y MULTiLOCK

070,

GREY

BEHIND

GLOVE

RH2

PO-WAY MULTILOCK

070,

WHITE

REAR OF CENTER

12.WAY

MULTlLOCK

070,

GREY

RIGHT

SW,

‘I?-WAY

MULTlLOCK

040 II BLACK

JST,

CENTER

WHlTE

ENCLOSURE

BOX

SC3

INSIDE

SIDE

ENCLOSURE

LF40

HAND

SIDE HAND

ARCH

Pll

6-WAY

RELAYS

CONNECTORS

Type I Color 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHlTE X-WAYMULTILOCK OX, YELLOW

SW2

ENCLOSURE

FUSE BOX

CONTROL

BROWN

RELAYS

MODULE

CONSOLE

ASSEMBLY

SIDE OF STEERING

STEERING

COLUMN

OF STEERING

COLUMN

COWL

WHEEL

GROUNDS

The following

symbols



D C S

values for Control


communications


NOTE: The values listed are approximately ComPonents connected and fitted. “Active”

Module


Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Freauencv


circuit operation.


Ground BTML

Location

/ Type

EYELET

IPA,Rl

-LEFT

EMlAR

EYELET

(PAIR, - RlGHT

HAND

LEG!

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT.

RIGHT

EMZAR

EYELET

IPA,R, - RlGHT

HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT.

LEFT HAND

HAND

LEG : TRUNK,

RIGHT REAR HAND

ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE

FC3BL

EYELET

(PAIRI -LEFT

HAND

LEG,

TRANSMlSSlON

LF2.u

EYELET

(PA,%

- LEFT HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

FORWARD

OF LEFT HAND

HOOD

CATCH

LFlBL

EYELET

(PA,R)

LEFT HAND

LEG,

ENGiNE

COMPARTMENT,

FORWARD

OF LEFT HAND

HOOD

CATCH

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

TUNNEL.

LEFT HAND

SIDE

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

SHOULD BE USED FOR



OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS.

CONTROL

MODULE

ENGINE CONTROL


MODULE

Description

Active

GNlTlON SWTCHED POWER SUPPLY IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY OKTOSTART-ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS BRAKE SWITCH - NOT USED BATTERY POWER SVPPLY BRAKE SWITCH SERIAL COMMUNlCATlONS SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS PARKING BRAKE SWITCH PARK I NEUTRAL COYF,RMAT,ON EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTIVATE SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE IATS / ECTS TPS I MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROUND MECHANlCAL GUARD POSlTlON ‘PEDAL POSlTlON TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE GROUND GROUND CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK CAN NEWORK CAN NETWORK

B+ B*

Inactive 0” B-

BGROUND

BB-

Component

Connector

BRAKE SWITCH

AC24,

CKPS: CRANKSHAFT cMPS

CAMSHAFT

I

Bi GROUND Bi

5”

5v

GROUND GROUND

GRO”4D GROUND

POSITION

ECTS

COOLANT

TEMPERATURE

ENGiNE

CONTROL

MODULE

symbols


D C S

GROUNC



*i Bi Bi Bi

GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND 0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK 0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK 5v Q 1000 RPM = 565 Hz; 2000 RPM = 1132 HZ 5 Hz @ IDLE GROUND

GROUND

B+ E+ B+ GROUND E+ B+ GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND B+ GROUND GROUND

GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND

GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND

(VALVE

values for Control

Module

communications



ECONOSEAL

111HC,

‘B’ BANK

BLACK

CYLINDER

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT/

REAR OF ENGINE

EMlO ‘28.WAY MULTlLOCK 040, GREY EM,, : IS-WAY’ MULTILOCK 040 iGREY EM12 Z2-WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREY EM13 34.WAY MULTILOCK 040: GREY EM14 i2-WAYM”LTlLOCK47.‘WHITE EM,5’ZZ-WAYMULT,LOCK47,WHlTE

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT:

CONTROL

E J2 II GREY

LF58,

?-WAY

ECONOSEAL

JZ I BLACK

LH FRONT

EM21

4WAY

SUMlTOMO

090 II I GREY

‘& BANK

HO-S:

HEATED

OXYGEN

SENSOR

- B UPSTREAM

EMZ,

b-WAY

SUMITOMO

1~75 2. INTAKE

AIR TEMPERATURE

SENSOR

VALVE

2

REAR

COMPARTMENT/CONTROL

070 ‘WHITE

UPSTREAM

CONTROL

HEAD,

ENGINE

MULTILOCK

OUARTER!

REARWARD

CATALYTlC

CONVERTER

CATALYTIC

CONVERTER

‘B’ BANK

POWER TIMER/BLACK

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT!‘K

BANK

III LC I BLACK

ENGINE

VEE i UNDER

INTAKE

MANIFOLD

INTAKE

MANIFOLD

-A

P126,‘2-WAY

ECONOSEAL

KS. KNOCK

SENSOR

- B

P127 ; 2~WAY ECONOSEAL

111LC, BLACK

ENGlNE

“EE II UNDER

AIR FLOW SENSOR

P135, B-WAY YAZAKlO902

! BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT!

BELOW

PARKING

ENGWE

COMPARTMENT,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,THRO”LE

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT RiGHT

FC19 I LUCAR

BRAKE SWTCH AND MECHANlCAL

GUARD

Pm

SENSORS

RIGHT ANGLE

/ i-WAY

Y*ZAKI

PI33 , P-WAY TWIN

THROTTLE

MOTOR

THRO”LE

POSlTlON

VACUUM

SWlTCHlNG

VALVE

“ACUUM

SWlTCHlNG

VACUUM

SWITCHING

PIE! a-WAY

SENSOR

0902 I BL&CK CLIP,

BLACK

S”MlTOM0

TS090,

BLACK

Z-WAY SUMITOMO

090 DC INHIBIT

1, BLUE

BEHlND

EU,

2.WAY

090 DC INHlBlT

1, BROWN

EL4,

Z-WAY YAZAKI

- 1

EL2,

VALVE

2

VALVE

- 3

SUMITOMO 090,

GREY

REARWARD

BRAKE

INTERCOOLER!

REAR

OF AIR CLEANER

LEVER THROTTLE

ASSENlBLY ASSEMBLY

/THROTTLE

ASSEMBLY

HAND

WHEEL

BEHIND

RIGHT HAND

WHEEL

ARCH LINER

BEHIND

RlGHT

WHEEL

ARCH LINER

HAND

ENCLOSURE

OF ROAD WHEEL

090 II i GREY

SENSOR

ENCLOSURE TOP HOSE

MODULE

PI41 , Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR

KS: KNOCK

MASS

MODULE

ARCH LINER

Relay MOTOR

POWER

RELAY

Color / Stripe

Connector

BROWN

EM16,

Location

/Color

CONTROL

BROWN

/ Access MODULE

ENCLOSURE

RELAYS

CONNECTORS Location

Connector AC13

Type / Color 2O~WbY MULTlLOCK

070,

BT2

20.W.AY

070 ,WHlTE

ELI

B-WAY ECONOSEAL

111iC,

EM?

20.WAY

MULTILOCK

070,

LF3

,3~WAY

LF40 PI, PI2

ISWAY

ECONOSEAL

RH1

Z&WAY

MULTILOCK

M”LT\LOCK

YELLOW

/ Access

FASClA

BOTTOM

TRUNK,

ABOYE

CONNECTOR RlGHT

HAND

MOUNTING

BRACKET,

REAR WHEEL

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

WHITE

ENGINE


ECONOSEAL

111LC,WHITE

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

IS-WAY

ECONOSEAL

111LC, BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

57.WAY

SUMITOMO,

BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

BRACKET


/II LC! BLACK

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT,

BRACKET


BEHIND

GLOVE

070,

BLACK

GREY

RIGHT

HAND

RlGHT

HAND

SIDE

ARCH

ENCLOSURE RIGHT HAND

ENCLOSURE

ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE

BOX

GROUNDS Ground

Location

EMlAL

EYELET

(PAIR) - LEFT HAND

EMIAR

EYELET

IPAIR)

EMlBR

EYELET

(PAlRi

EMZAL

EYELET

(PAIR, - LEFT HAND

EM?AR

EYELET

IPAIR) - RIGHT

HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

EMlBR

EYELET

(PAIR) - RiGHT

HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT.

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

CONTROL

MODULE

I Type RIGHT

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

RlGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

- RIGHT HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

LEG,

ENGINE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

COMPARTMENT.

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

GROUND GROUND B+ GROUND GROUND GROUND

OPEN1



PI15 /Z-WAY

PEDAL

REAR OF BED PLATE

-A

THRO”LE

2 38” @ 20°C. DECREASING WlTH TEMPERATURE 0 98” Q 10°C. DECREASiNG WITH TEMPERATURE 1 2” @ IDLE, INCREASING WlTH RPM INCREASE 0.1 - 0 9 “@ IDLE ,SWiNGi 0 1 - 0.9” Q IDLE iSWING,


ENGINE,

RELAYS 05”=IDLE:475”=WOT GROUND 0.5 V = IDLE: 4.75 ” = WOT 0.5 ” = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT

SHlELD

THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY IGNlTlON SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY GROUND THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY


111LC / BLACK

SENSOR

PARKING

ECM PROGRAMMlNG NOT USED VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE iy3 ACTIVATE VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE tfl ACTIVATE VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #2 ACT,“ATE THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE ‘E’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK ‘A’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK CKPS SIGNAL CMPS SIGNAL CMPS,CKPS, KNOCKSENSORS COMMON SHIELD CKPS SIGNAL CMPS SIGNAL GROUND

The following

ECONOSEAL

OXYGEN

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK HOZS HEATER UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK H02.S HEATER EVAP VALVE ACTIVATE GROUND GROUND GROUND

PI17 ! Z-WAY

HEATED

EMlSSlON

/ Access

TOP OF BRAKE

WHITE

HOE

EVAPP: EVAPORATIVE

5”

070,

P,4 / 2 WAY ECONOSEAL

SENSOR

fR,D.GZr

B+ B+

MULTlLOCK

EM64,2-WAY

FAN

MAE:

NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED IATS 2 FEEDBACK IATS FEEDBACK MAFS FEEDBACK ‘B’ BANK H02S ‘R BANK HOX NOT USED NOT USED MAFS REFERENCE GROUND MAFS REFERENCE GROUND HWS COMMON SHlELD


SENSOR

COOLING

PEDAL POSlTlON ECM PROGRAMMING ENGINE CRANK NOT USED MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSITION I TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE ECT FEEDBACK TPS FEEDBACK TPS FEEDBACK lATS, ECTS, TPS, MECHANlCAL GUARD POSITION , PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROUND MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION FEEDBACK MECHANlCAL GUARD POSITION! PEDAL POSITION ,TPS PEDAL POSlTlON FEEDBACK PEDAL POSITiON FEEDBACK

SENSOR

ECM ANDTCM ENGINE

GROUND iAPPLIED, B+ ip. N, GROUND ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS GROUND

POSITION

Location

/ Type / Color

a-WAY

MESSAGES.




circuit operation.

KHz MS MV


THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR



OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION COMPONENTS Inactive B,

Active GROUND B+ B-

GROUND

B+ BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH CRUlSE CONTROL ON, OFF SWITCH CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

GROUND

FUEL FUEL FUEL FUEL FUEL FUEL FUEL FUEL FUEL FUSE

FUEL PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE ON STATUS

LED

FUEL PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE INTERCOOLER

PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE

SERIES ILOWI SPEED FAN ACTIVATE PARALLEL

iHIGH)

WHEEL)

INJECTOR - ,A iNJECTOR - ,B INJECTOR-2A INJECTOR - 2B INJECTOR -3A INJECTOR - 38 INJECTOR-4A INJECTOR -48 PUMPS BOX-TRVNK

COIL RELAY ACT,“ATE

IGNITION

MODULE

1 SWlTCHlNG

IGNITION

MODULE

2 SWITCHING

IGNITION

MODULE

2 SWlTCHlNG

IGNITION

MODULE

I SWITCHING

IGNITION

MODULE

2 SWiTCHlNG

GNlTlON

MODULE

1 SWlTCHlNG

lGNlTlON

MODULE

1 SWlTCHiNG

IGNITION

MODULE

1 SWITCHING

lGNlTlON GNlTlON IGNlTlON

INJECTOR

‘38’ ACTIVATE

GROUND

INJECTOR

‘2B’ACTI”ATE

GROUND

INJECTOR

‘4X ACT,“ATE

GROUND

INJECTOR

‘,A’ ACTIVATE

GROUND

INJECTOR

‘48’ ACTIVATE

GROUND

INJECTOR

‘3R ACT,“ATE

GROUND

INJECTOR

‘2X ACTIVATE

GROUND

INJECTOR

‘1B’ACTl”ATE

GROUND

COlLCOILCOIL-

,A 1s ZA

MODULE

1

AC?-,

COMPRESSORCLVTCHSTATUS

0

AC-1

AIR CONDITIONING

I

Active B+(ONI

ELECTRICAL

AC&7

LOAD ,NHlBlT

0

AC4~9

COMPRESSOR

/

AC4-17

REFRIGERANT4~XZWAY

INTAKE INTAKE INTAKE INTAKE INTAKE INTAKE

MANIFOLD; MANIFOLD, MANIFOLD MANlFOLD, MANIFOLD, MANIFOLD,

FUEL FUEL 1 FUEL FUEL FVEL FUEL

MODULE

ENCLOSURE

RAIL RAIL RAIL RAIL RAli RAIL

INTAKE MANIFOLD, FUEL RAIL INTAKE MANIFOLD, FUEL RAlL TRUNK/TOP OF FUELTANK TRUNK i ELECTRICAL CARRIER

ENGINE ENGlNE ENGINE

COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT COMPARTMENT,

CAMSHAFT / CAMSHAFT CAMSHAFT

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT ENGlNE COMPARTMENT/CAMSHAFT ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT ENGINE COMPARTMENT! BULKHEAD, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, ENGINE COMPARTMENT,BELOWA,R AWACENT TO LEFT HAND HORN ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT ENGINE COMPARTMENT/REARWARD

COVER COVER COVER COVER COVER COVER COVER COVER RIGHT HAND SIDE LEFT HAND SIDE CLEANER

OF RADlATOR

RELAYS Relay

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL V Pin Description

A/C COMPRESSOR SIDE

TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL REARWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL ENGlNE COMPARTMENT! CONTROL

P123! Z-WAY YAZAKI 090X, BLACK P120, I-WAY YAZAKl 090x, BLACK Pi24 i 2WAY YAZAKl 090X , BLACK PI21 , ?-WAY YAZAKI 090X, BLACK P125,2-WAY YAZAKI 090X, BLACK EM27,15-WAY lGNlTlON POWER MODULE, BLACK EM29! 1%WAY lGNlTlON POWER MODULE, BLACK EM75,2-WAY AUGAT 1.6, BLACK LF9, S-WAY TRW, BLACK LF13, Z-WA, REINSHAGEN METRI 630: BLACK LF12, P-WAY RElNSHAGEN METR! 630, BLACK LF5.7, S-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK

IGNiTlON COIL - ZB IGNITION COIL-3A lGNlT,DN COlL 38 IGNlTlON COIL-W !GNlTlON COIL 48 IGNITION MODULE - 1 IGNlTlON MODULE - 2 ,NTERCOOLER PUMP RADlATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE RADIATOR FAN LH RADIATOR FAN RH REFRIGERANT.&WAY PRESSURE SWTCH

/ Access

ENGINE COMPARTMENT, NC “NIT, RIGHT HAND

090 A-TYPE, BLACK 47, GREY 47 I GREY 47 I GREY 471 GREY 070 / WHlTE NATURAL AND WHITE 040 I GREY GREY 040, GREY 040: GREY 47 I WHITE 47, WHlTE POWER TlMER I BLACK PCWER TlMER, BLACK POWER TIMER i BLACK POWER TlMER! BLACK POWER TlMER, BLACK

IJ9 ! ?-WAY AMP J”NlOR POWER TIMER, BLACK 136/Z-WAYAMPJUNlOR POWERTIMER,BLACK lJlO!Z.WAYAMPJ”NlOR POWERTIMER, BLACK ST55 P-WAY SUMlTOMO DLOBil, NATURAL BTlO: IO-WAY “.T A. FUSEBOX, NATURAL BTll , IO-WAY “.T.A FUSEBOX, BLACK ST,*, ID-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX, GREEN BT13, IO-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX, BLUE BT64, EYELET PIIS, P-WAY YAZM 090X i BLACK P122,1WAY Y*zAKlo9cJx, BLACK P119, ?-WAY YAZAKI 090X, BLACK

SPEED FAN ACTIVATE

IGNITION

Location

/ Type I Color

P136, ,WAY SUMlTOMO AC,, 26.WAY MULTILOCK AC2, ,&WAY MULTlLOCK AC3 : 12.WAY MULTlLOCK AC4,22-WAY MULTILOCK AC24 I4-WAY MULTILOCK FC63 I_IO-WAY AMP MC%, SW3, &WAY EPC, BLACK EMlO IZ8~WAY MULTILOCK EM,, :,G-WAYM”LTlLOCK040, EM,2 i22~WAY MULTlLOCK EM13!34-WAY MULTliOCK EM14,12-WAY MULTILOCK EM15 / Z-WAY MULTiLOCK IJ3, Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR lJ7 1/Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR IJ4i Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR IJ8 i Z-WAY AMP JUNlOR IJ5 I Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR

COMPRESSOR CLUTCH CONTROL MODULE

GROUND

GROUND

CRUISE CONTROL

Connector

Component AIR CONDlTlONlNG AIR CONDlTlONlNG

AIR CONDlTlONlNG COMPRESSOR FUEL INJECTION RELAY FUEL PVMP I RELAY W, FUEL PUMP 2 RELAY IGNITION COIL RELAY INTERCOOLER PUMP RELAY

Inactive 0” 0”

LOAD SIGNAL

CLUTCH

RELAY

Color / Stripe

Connector

BROWN BROWN BROWN BROWN BROWN

BUS EMS,

BROWN

BUS BT51, EM26,

BROWN BROWN

BROWN

EM31,

BROWN

/ Color

Location

/ Access

LH ENCLOSURE RELAYS CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE TRUNK FUSE BOX TRUNK RELAYS CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE

RELAYS

RELAYS

LHD: CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RHD: RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS

RELAYS

B+ CLUTCH

ON REQUEST PRESSURE

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

0” SWlTCH

B+ iOUT OF ACTIVE

RANGE)

CONNECTORS

Connector

Type / Color

AC12 AC13 .8T2 EM, EM2 EM3 IJ1 iJ2 LF3 LF40 PI1 PI2 RH, RH2

Z-WAY ZO~WAY IO-WAY ZO~WAY IO-WAY 14~WAY 1%WAY 1G~WAY 13.WAY l%WAY ST-WAY IS~WAY Z&WAY 20.WAY

SC3 SW1 SW2

12.WAY M”LT,LOCK 1%WAY MULTILOCK B-WAY JST , WHlTE

MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTlLOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK AUGAT 1.6, AUGAT 1 6, ECONOSEAL ECONOSEAL SUMITOMO, ECONOSEAL MULTlLOCK MULTILOCK

Location

/ Access

070,WHITE 070, YELLOW 070, WHITE 070, WHITE 070 /YELLOW 070, GREY BLKK BLACK 11,LCiWHlTE 111LC, BLACK BLACK 111LC, BLACK 070, GREY 070 /WHITE

FASCIA TOP CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SiDE TRUNK /ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE ENGINE COMPARTMENTiADjACENTTO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO RIGHTHAND ENCLOSURE ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF INTAKE MANIFOLD ENGINE COMPARTMENT/FORWARD OF ,NTAKE MANIFOLD ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OFTRANSMlSSlON ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON BEHIND GLOVE BOX REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

070, 040,

RiGHT HAND SiDE OF STEERING COLUMN INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL

GREY BLACK

GROUNDS

The following

symbols



D C S

values for Control


communications



Module



Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation.

KHz MS MV


THIS INFORMATION

Ground

Location

BTZAL EMlAR EM2AR FCBBL LF?AL LF2BL

EYELET (PAIR1 - LEFT HAND LEG! EYELET IPAIR) - RlGHT HAND IEG, EYELET (PAIRI RlGHT HAND LEG, EYELET iPAIR, LEFT HAND LEG, EYELET (PAIR1 - LEFT HAND LEG, EYELET iPAiR - LEFT HAND LEG,

CONTROL

MODULE

I Type TRUNK. RIGHT REAR ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ENGINE COMPARTMENT. TRANSMlSSiON TUNNEL, ENGINE COMPARTMENT. ENGINE COMPARTMENT,

PIN OUT INFORMATION

RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE LEFT HAND SIDE FORWARD OF LEFT WAND HOOD CATCH FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

SHOULD BE USED FOR +



OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS.

RELAYS.

CONTROL

MODULE

TRANSMISSION

PIN OUT INFORMATION

CONTROL

MODULE:

AJ26 N/A

COMPONENTS

Description PRESSURE

Active

REGULATOR

C2

SPORT MODE SWITCH

STATUS

LEO

GROUND

,MAXlM”M

GROUND

= LED ON

PRESSURE1

Inactive

Component

Connector

B- ,NO PRESSURE1

D - 4 SWITCH

FC83,

Z-WA”

ST

GEAR SELECTOR

RX8

IO-WAY

ILLUMlNATlON

PRESSURE

REGULATOR

tS

GROUND

IMAXIMUM

PRESSURE,

B- iNO PRESSURE,

MODE SWITCH

PRESSURE

REGULATOR

il

GROUND

iMAXlM”M

PRESSURE,

B- iN0

TRANSMlSSlON

CONTROL

GROUND

TRANSMlSSiON

ELECTRICAL

TRANSMlSSlON

ROTARY

‘L2’ CONTACTS

B-

GROUND

‘L& CONTACTS

B-

GROUND

STRATEGY

GROUYD

SELECT

TURBINE

= SPORT

OUTPUT

SPEED SEWOR

OUTPUT

SPEED SENSOR

SHlELD

SENSOR

FLUID TEMPERATURE

SENSOR

TURBINE

SPEED SENSOR

BA”ERY

POWER SUPPLY

ROTARY

‘D~4:

N’A

SWITCH

AMP M0L

EM7

BOSCH

88~WAY

FRONT

BLACK

EM46

16.WAY

KOSTAL,

EM47

10.WAY

REINSHAGEN

ENGINE

BLACK MPLSO,

BLACK

ASSEMBLY,

REAR

OF GEAR SELECTOR

REARWARD

I BLACK

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

GROUND

GROUND

Type I Color

GROUND

GROUND

AC12

2O~WAY MULTILOCK

070,

WHITE

FASCIATOP

EM1

Z&WAY

M”LTlLOCK

070

WHITE

ENGINE

COMP*RTMENT

ASSEMBLY

OF GEAR SELECTOR

COMPARTMENT,

CONTROL

TRANSMISSION,

LEFT H*ND

TRANSMISSION,

RIGHT

HAND

MODULE

ENCLOSURE

SlDE SIDE

CONNECTORS

EM3

14.WAY

MULTILOCK

070 ‘GREY

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT:AOJACENTTO

Location

/ Access CONKECTOR

MOVNTING ADJACENTTO

BRACKET,‘RlGHT

HAYD

SlOE

RIGHT HAND

ENCLOSURE

RIGHT H*ND

ENCLOSURE

FEEDBACK

SH,ELO

GROUND

GROUNDS

B-

KICK DOWN

Ad26

FC35,10-WAY

/ Access

GEAR SELECTOR

070 /WHITE

Connector

YOT USED FLUID TEMPERATURE

CONNECTOR,

MULTILOCK

B.

300 Hz @ IDLE 12 5 Vi

SPEED SEYSOR

A.,26 WA

070 i YELLOW

9 V = NORMAL

GROUND

4 SWlTCH

MODULE

GROUND

ROTARY SWITCH D

(TRANSMISSION)

GROUND

ROTARY SWITCH

SPORT MODE SWiTCH

PRESSVRE,

MODULE

Location

I Type I Color MULTlLOCK

SWITCHES

COMMON

GROUUD

GROUND

PRESSURE

REGULATOR&2

B- iN0

Ground

Location

SOLENOID

VALVE II

B-

EMIAL

EYELET

IPAIR,

SOLENOID

VALVE #3

B-

EMlAL

EYELET

iPAiR1 - LEFT HAND

SOLENOID

VALVE #2

B+

FCSBR

EYELET

(PAIR,

GROUND

PRESSURE,

/ Type LEFT HAND RIGHT

HAND

LEG ‘ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

RIGHT

LEG,

COMPARTMENT.

LEFT HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

TRANSMISSION

TUNNEL,

HAND

ENCLOSURE ENCLOSVRE

LEFT HAND

SIDE

GROUND

ROTARY

SWITCH

‘L,’ CONTACTS

GROUND

ROTARY

SWITCH

I3

GROUND

TURBINE

SPEED SENSOR

0”TP”T

SPEED SENSOR

CONTACTS

SPORT MODE SWITCH

STRATEGY

PRESSURE

REGULATOR

SOLENOID

VALVES

PRESSURE

REGULATORS

SELECT

GROUND

f5

B- iN0

COMMON

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

= NORMAL PRESSURE)

B-

SUPPLY

COMMON

CONTROL

B+

SUPPLY

IGNITION

SWITCHED

POWER SUPPLY

GROVND

IGNITION

SWITCHED

POWER SUPPLY

GROUND

CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK CAN NETWORK

GEAR SELECTOR v

ILLUMINATION

MODULE

Pin FC88-1

IGNITION

C

FC88-3

CAN NETWORK

c

FC88~4

CAN NETWORK

15-l5&3HiQ25”

I

FC88-6

GROUND

GROUND

C

FC88-8

CAN NETWORK

[email protected]”

C

FC88~9

CAN NETWORK

15-1500

Description SWITCHEO

POWER SUPPLY

symbols


GROUND

D C S

GROUND [email protected]




Inactive

St 15-,sooHzQ25”


The following

Active

values for Control


communications



Module

MESSAGES.




circuit operation.


SHOULD BE USED FOR



OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE 7 Pin Description I FC88-1 lGNlTlON SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY c FC88-3 CANNETWORK c FC884 CANNETWORK I FC88-6 GROUND c FC88Z CANNETWORK c FC88~9 CANNETWORK TRANSMISSION -. / ’ Pin c EM,* L c EM,*-H I EM72-12

CONTROL

MODULE:

0

EM72-13

SPEED SENSOR

EM72~14

‘1~2

0

EM,*-l5

‘3-C SOLENOID

4-5’

COMMON

SOLENOID

EM72 16

‘2~3’ SOLENOID

ACTIVATE

EM72~17

KC

ACTIVATE

0

EM72-33

SPEED SENSOR

EM72-34

FLUID TEMP

EM72~35

“3 SPEED SENSOR

SOLENOID

0

EM,*-36

MODULATION

VOLTAGE

0

EM72~37

SHIFT PRESSURE

0

EM,*-38

SOLENOID

SUPPLY

GROUND COMMON

GROUND

REGULATOR

ACTIVATE

ACTIVATE REGULATOR

COMMON

VOLTAGE

SUPPLY

42% PWM @ IDLE)

GROUND

t 39% PWM @ IDLE1

GROUND GROUND

= R, D, 4.3

SWITCH

VOLTAGE

ENCODED

GEAR RECOGNlTlON

GROVND

= N, D. 4.2

LINEAR

SWITCH

VOLTAGE

ENCODED

GEAR RECOGNITION

GROUND

= N. 4.3.2

DUAL LINEAR

SWITCH

VOLTAGE

ENCODED

GEAR RECOGNiilON

GROUND

= P, D, 3.2

SUPPLIED

VOLTAGE

DUAL LINEAR

SWITCH


symbols


D C S

TRANSMlSSlON

CONTROL

TRANSMlSSlON

ELECTRICAL

MODULE

CONNECTOR:

ACZS/?-WAYiECONOSEAL1IILCIBLACK

“NDER

ACCELERATOR

FC35,

REARWARD

MULTlLOCK

IO~WAY AMP MOL, 14.WAY 18.WAY

GBi ,13-WAY

A.,26 SC

/ Access SIDE OF GEAR SELECTOR,

OF GEAR SELECTOR

EMX!, EM73:

AJ26 SC

LEFT HAND

GREY

070iWHlTE BLACK

AMP JUNIOR AMP JUNIOR KOSTAL

POWER TIMER! POWER TIMER!

ENGINE

BLACK BLACK

CENTER

CONSOLE

ASSEMBLY

PEDAL

OF GEAR SELECTOR

COMPARTMENT/CONTROL

MODULE

ENCLOSURE

TRANSMlSSlON

1 5 I BLACK

GROUND

SUPPLY


NOTE: The values listed are approximately comPonents connected and fitted. “Active”

/ Access

070! WHlTE

FASCIA

TOP CONNECTOR

EM1

20 WAY MULTlLOCK

070,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT:

EM2

?&WAY

MULTlLOCK

070 /YELLOW

ENGINE

EM3

Id-WAY

MVLTlLOCK

070,

ENGINE

GE

12~WAY AUGAT

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT!

1.5,

WHlTE GREY

BLACK

MOUNTING

BRACKET

ADJACENTTO

i RlGHT

HAND

SIDE

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE


RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

COMP~RIMENT,ADJACENTTO

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

BRACKET


GROUNDS (PAIR,

LEFT HAND

LEG,

ENGfNE

COMPARTMENT,

RIGHT

BB-

EMWL

EYELET

(PAIR, - LEFT HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

FCBBL

EYELET

(PAIR, - LEFT HAND

LEG /TRANSMISSION

LEFT HAND

SIDE

GROUND

FCBBR

EYELET

(PAIRI - RIGHi

CONTROL

MODULE

/ Type

HAND

LEG,

TUNNEL,

TRANSMISSION

PIN OUT INFORMATION

TUNNEL,

HA.ND ENCLOSURE

LEFT HAND

SIDE

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

BT = R. N. 4 GROUND GROUND

MESSAGES.

Pin Out data:

communications


Location

20 WAY MULTILOCK

Location

B- = P, R, 3


Module

CONNECTORS

Type / Color

BL = P

8”=R,D

GROUND

values for Control

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector AC12

B- = P. N, 2

BCOMMON



URANSMiSSlON,

070,

FRONT

FC88,10-WAY

MODULE

SWITCH

MODE SWITCH

MULTILOCK

EYELET

B- c< WOTi

t= WOTj

GEAR RECOGNITION

D”AL

IGNlTlON

ILLUMINATION

Location

I Type / Color

72.WAY

EMlAL

0 v = SPORT, 0 ” = NORMAL ENCODED

DUAL LINEAR

KM!

The following

GROUND, B+

SWITCH VOLTAGE

FC100:

Ground

5”=85HI~,0MPH,16KPHI;170Hr@20MPH~32XPHi (‘2’ SELECTED ‘2’ ENGAGED)

REGULATOR

SWITCH

= LOCKED

1.75 v Q 90’ c = R, D, 4.3.2

SPORT MODE SWlTCH DUAL LlNEAR

B+ B+ BB- = UNLOCKED GROUND S”=P.N

GROUND

FEEDBACK

VALVE i PRESSURE

KICKDOWN

Inactive

Active

FEEDBACK

PRESSURE

Connector SWITCH

AJ26 SC

: FLUID TEMP. SENSOR

SENSOR

LINEAR

K,CKDOWN

ACTIVATE

D

DUAL

GROUND

ACTIVATE

0

Component

GROUND

GEAR SELECTOR

Description CANNEWORK CANNETWORK n2SPEED SENSOR FEEDBACK

0

1

COMPONENTS Inactive

B+ V Hz



at the those that can be expected means a load is applied or a switch

control

circuit operation. module

is ON; “Inactive”

connector

KHz Frequency x 1000 MS Milliseconds MV Millivolts THIS INFORMATION pins

with

all

circuit

means a load is not applied

SHOULD BE USED FOR

connections made and all or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE


BODY PROCESSOR MODULE ;J Pin Description FC14-15 IGNITION SWITCHED I

FC14-32

IGNITION

0

FC14-48

GEARSHIFT

0

FC14~5,

KEY LOCK SOLENOID

I

FC14-58

NOT-IN-PARK

I

FC14~80

BAKERY

S

FC14-84

SCP NETWORK

S

FC14-85

SW NETWORK

I

FC14-104

LIGHTING,

Inactive

Active

SWITCHED

GROUND

SUPPLY

GROUND

GROUND

SUPPLY

GROUND

lNTERLOCK

SOLENOID

SUPPLY

POWER SUPPLY

BODY PROCESSOR

GROUND

B- ,GEARSHIFT

SUPPLY ,LOGlC,

GROUND

FREE)

BL (KEY CAPTIVE,

GROUND

GROUND

B+ (PARK)

iR.N.D.4.3.21

,GEARSHlFT

LOCKED)

ENGINE

CONTROL

GEARSELECTOR

2-1500HZ BA”ERY

POWER SUPPLY

B+

B,

GEARSHIFT

Inactive 53,

Active

I

EM10-10

BRAKE SWITCH

GROUND

EM10~28

CAN NETWORK

1551500HZ

c

EM,O-27

CAN NETWORK

15-1500Hr

c

FC88-9

CAN NETWORK

MAJOR D

ILLUMINATION

CAN NEWORK

S

Pin FCE-19

S c c

PACK

Fc?S-20

SW NETWORK

2 - ,600

FCZ524

CAN NEWORK

15

1500 Hi

FCZS-47

CAN NETWORK

15

1500 Hz

MULTlLOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK M”LTlLOCK47

FC88,

IO-WAY

MULTILOCK

FIX?,

Z~WAY MVLTILOCK

SC, II 12.WAY

SWlTCHGEARi

MULTILOCK

FC25 ! 489fvAY FC26 i Z&WAY

PACK

FC87 : 3.WAY

MICROSWTCH

040, GREY 040 i GREY 040, GREY WI! GREY /WHITE : WHlTE

ENGINE

070 i WHlTE

FRONT

i CONTROL

OF GEAR SELECTOR

GEAR SELECTOR

070,

STEERING

WHITE

AIRBAG

BRACKET

PEDAL

COMPARTMENT

070 /WHITE

AMP PCB SGNAL: AMP PCB SIGNAL MVLTILOCK

TOP OF BRAKE

WHITE

MODULE

ENCLOSURE

ASSEMBLY

ASSEMBLY

COLUMN

FASCIA

BLXK i BLACK

GEAR SELECTOR

070 ,’ WHITE

ASSEMBLY

CONNECTORS Location

/ Access

Connector AC13

Type / Color 20.WAY

MULTILOCK

070 /YELLOW

FASC,A

BOFFOM

EM,

20.WAY

MULTILOCK

070,

ENG,NE

COMPARTMENT/ADJACENT

WHITE

D C S

values for Control


communications



Module

Ground

Location

FC2BR

EYELET

IPAIR) -RIGHT

HAND

LEG,

RIGHT

FC3BR

EYELET

(PAIR, - RlGHT

HAND

LEG,

TRANSMISSION

FC4BR

EYELET

IPAIR)

HAND

LEG,

LEFT HAND

CONTROL

Hz

CONNECTOR

MOUNTING

BRACKET,

TO RIGHT HAND

RIGHT

HAND

SIDE

ENCLOSURE

/ Type

RIGHT

HAND

‘A’ POST TUNNEL.

LEFT HAND

SIDE

‘A’ POST

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGEI

t-




EM,0 : zsw*\y EM,, / IS-WAY EM12 Z-WAY EM,3,34-WAY EM14 / 12.WAY EM15 22.WAY

/ Access SIDE FASCIA,

Inactive

Active 2-1600H2

Input output Signal Ground

iCOLUMN

070,

Location PASSENGER

GROUNDS

Description

symbols

NOT-IN-PARK

I Type I Color AMP EEECIGREY

Inactive


I 0 SG

MODULE

SW NETWORK

The following

SOLENOID

MODVLE

SOLENOID

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

Description CANNETWORK CANNETWDRK

INSTRUMENT

lLL”MlNATlDN

,NTERLOCK

MA.JOR lNSTR”MENT

c

Pin FC88-4 FC88-3 FC88~8

MODULE

(KEY RELEASED)

2 - ,600 HZ

MOTORS

704.WAY

AC24 ! 4~WAY MULTILOCK

B-

B+

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE 7 Pin Description

;;;i c c c

FCld;

MODULE

BRAKE SWITCH

KEYLOCK

GEAR SELECTOR

Connector

Component

MESSAGES.



Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit

operation.

KHz MS MV


THIS INFORMATION

SHOULD BE USED FOR



OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

ABS /TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE \I Pin Description 0 LF37-1 BRAKE FLUIDRESERVOIR LEVEL SWITCH REFERENCE LKw2 BRAKE SWlTCH LF37-3 RHFRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SG LF37-4 RHFRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR c LF37~5 CANNETWORK SG LF37~6 RHREAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR I LF37-7 RHREAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LF37-8 GROUND LF379 EATERYPOWER SUPPLY LF37-10 NOTUSED LF37-l, NOT“SE0 / LF37-13 BRAKE FLUIDRESERVOIR LEVEL SWiTCH STABILITY,

TRACTION

CONTROL

SWATCH

CONTROL

SWlTCH

COMPONENTS Inactive E+ B+

Connector

Component AES /TRACTION BRAKE FLUID

CONTROL

CONTROL

MODULE

RESERVOlR

BRAKE SWTCH

AMP

EM37 / Z-WAY

AMP JUNIOR

AC24,

MULTILOCK

I TRACTION

BLACK POWER TIMER,

BLACK

E+

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

LEO

Location / Access FASClABOTTOM CONNECTOR

Ei

TRUNK,

LH FRONT WHEEL

SPEED SENSOR

REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY,

LEFT HAND

REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY,

RIGHT

NOT USED GROUND

POWER SUPPLY


ABOVE

REAR WHEEL

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

ENGINE


ENGINE

COMPARTMENTiADJACENTTOAlR

GROUND

LEFT HAND

ES+

BEHIND

MESSAGES.

RIGHT HAND

MOUNTING BRACKET,

SPEED SENSOR


FRONT

LEFT

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

BRAKE

BOOSTER

ENCLOSURE

PEDAL

CONNECTORS

LH FRONT WHEEL

BATTERY

COMPARTMENT,

TOP OF BRAKE

070 I WHITE

/ Access

ENGINE

B-

B+ STATE

HYBRID,

GROUtiD

CAN NETWORK STABILITY

I-WAY

Location

/ Type / Color

LF37 i E-WAY

LEFT HAND

‘K POST CONNECTOR

GLOVE

RIGHT

HANDSIOE

ARCH

HAND

SlDE SIDE

ENCLOSURE ENGINE

COMPARTMENT

FUSE BOX

CLEANER MOUNTlNG

BRACKET,

‘4’ POST TRIM

BOX

GROUNDS Ground FClER FC4BR LFSAS CONTROL

Location / Type EYELET PAIR,- RIGHTHANDLEG,RIGHTHAND‘K POST EYELET ,PAlR,- RIGHT HANDLEG, LEFTHAND‘N POST EYELET

MODULE

ISINGW,ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

PIN OUT INFORMATION

FORWARD

OF LEFT HAND

HOOD CATCH

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

+

The following

symbols



D C S


Module

communications


NOTE: The values listed are approximately connected and fitted. “Active”

COmPOnentS

values for Control




circuit operation.


SHOULD BE USED FOR


REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS.

RELAYS,

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE \I Pin Description 0 ACM DEFROST VENTSERVO MOTOR 0

COMPONENTS B+

AC,-7

CENTER VENT SERVO MOTOR

0

ACM

LH FRESH i RECIRCULATION

VENT MOTOR

B+

0

ACE

RH FRESH,

RECIRCULATION

VENT MOTOR

B-

0

AC1~12

FOOTWELL

VENT SERVO MOTOR

0

AC,-13

COOL AIR BYPASS

0

AC,-19

DEFROST

0

ACb20

CENTER VENT SERVO MOTOR

0

AC,-21

LH FRESH I RECIRCULATION

VENTSERVO

MOTOR

B-

0

AC,-22

RH FRESH ‘RECIRCULATION

VENT SERVO MOTOR

P,-

0

NY-25

FOOnvELL

0

AC1~26

COOL AIR BYPASS

L B-

VENT SERVO MOTOR

BB-

SERVO MOTOR

B-

SERVO MOTOR

AC2-1

SOLAR SENSOR

AC2 2

CENTER VENT POTENTIOMETER

ACZ-3

RH FRESH:

AC-5

COOL AIR BYPASS

BA

FEEDBACK

0 75 ” - 4.75 “: INCREASiNG

RECIRCULATION

FEEDBACK VENT POTENTIOMETER

VENT POTENTIOMETER

ACX

ENGINE

DEFROSTVENT

ACZ-11

LH FRESH,

AC*-13

FOOTWELLVENT

0

AC-2

CLOCK

D

AC3~3

SERIAL

I

AK-5

AMBIENT

I

AC36

HEATER

D

AC-7

SERfAL DATA INPUT

0

AC38

START

I

AK-11

IN CAR TEMPERATURE

I

AX-12

EVAPORATOR

AC4-1

IGNITION

AC4-2

ISOLATE

AC4-3

IGNITION

AC4-4

CONTROL

AC4-5

BATTERY

AC46

ENGINE

0

B+

VENT SERVO MOTOR

AC*-10

Inactive 0” 0” 0” 0” 0” 0” 0” 0” 0” 0” 0” 0”

Active

FEEDBACK

FEEDBACK

COOLANTTEMPERATURE REClRCULATlON

FEEDBACK

POTENTIOMETER

FEEDBACK

FEEDBACK

CONTROL

PANEL

TO CONTROL

PANEL

SENSOR

FEEDBACK

TEMPERATURE MATRIX

TEMPERATURE

SENSOR

FROM CONTROL

FEEDBACK

CENTER

AIR INT*KE

- RH BLOWER

NC “NIT

AMBIENTTEMPERATURE ASPIRATOR SOLAR

8 HEATER

TEMPERATURE

SWITCHED

SENSOR

AlC “NIT!

MATRlXASSEMBLY

A/C “NIT

VENT ASSEMBLY

Relay AIR CONDlTlONlNG

SWITCHED

BATTERY

c 1”

RIGHT

SIDE

HAND

HORN

LEFT HAND

SIDE ADJACENT

TO DEFROST

“EN7

‘TOP

ISOLATE

RELAY

Color / Stripe

Connector

BLACK,

FC24,“IOLET

VIOLET

/ Color

Location RH FASCIA

I Access RELAYS

= CLOSED

>35”=OPEN

< 1 V = CLOSED

>35”=OPEN

< 1 V = CLOSED

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector

CONNECTORS Location

Type / Color

/ Access CONNECTOR

MOUNTING

BRACKET,

RIGHT HAND

SiDE

FASCIA

BOTTOM

CONNECTOR

MOUNTING

BRACKET,

RlGHT

HAND

SIDE

2.18 V Q 25’ C; DECREASING

WITH TEMPERATURE

FASCIA

BO”OM

CONNECTOR

MOUNTING

BRACKET,

RIGHT HAND

SIDE

2 25 V @ WC:

WITH TEMPERATURE

FASCIA

BOTTOM

CONNECTOR

MOUNTING

BRACKET,

RIGHT HAND

SIDE

DECREASlNG

‘K POST CONNECTOR

MOUNTING

BRACKET,‘A’POSTTRlM

0”

3 25 V Q 0” C, DECREASING

WlTH TEMPERATURE

3 25 “Q

WITH TEMPERATURE

O’C, DECREASING

GROUNDS

POWER SUPPLY

GROUND

PANEL BATERY

SIDE

HAND

WITH TEMPERATURE

= OPEN

POWER SUPPLY

RELAY CONTROLLED

LEFT HAND IRIGHT

DRIVER SIDE FASCIA!

SENSOR

LEFT HAND

FEEDBACK

SIDE

DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER

PANEL

FEEDBACK

HAND

CONSOLE

ADJACENTTO

SENSOR

ASSEMBLY

EVAPORATOR

/ Access

N/c “NIT/RIGHT

GREY GREY GREY GREY

RELAYS

LOAD

B+ (MOMENTARY! SENSOR

47: 47, 47, 47,

A/C “NlT,

FASCIATOP DATA OUTPUT

Location

/ Type / Color MULTILOCK MULTlLOCK MULTlLOCK MVLTlLOCK

- LH BLOWER

< 1 ” = CLOSED DECREASING

AC,, 26.WAY AC2, IS-WAY AC3,12-WAY AC4,22-WAY

A,R INTAKE

>35”.OPEN

POWER SUPPLY

POWER SUPPLY

0”

Ground

Location

0”

FC2BR

EYELET

(PAIR) -RIGHT

/ Type

B+

FCSCS

EYELET

(SINGLE,,

0”

FC4BR

EYELET

(PAIR) -RIGHT

HAND

LEG,

TRANSMISSION HAND

LEG,

RIGHT HAND TUNNEL.

‘A’ POST

LEFT HAND

LEFT HAND

SIDE

‘N POST

B+

SPEED SlGNAL

AC4-8

POTENTIOMETER

.x4-10

SERIAL COMMUNlCATlONS

INPUT

0

AC4~12

CONTROL

POWER SUPPLY

/x4-13

GROUND

0

AW14

CONTROL

0

AC4~15

ISOLATE

RELAY ACTIVE

B+

AC4-16

VEHICLE

SPEED SIGNAL

22 Hz @ 10 MPH 116 KM/H,,

0

AC4-18

ASPIRATOR

0

At%19

POTENTlOMETER

AW20

GROUND

ACI-21

SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS

symbols

AIR CONDITIONING

35”=OPEN

> 3.5”

VENT POTENTIOMETER

AIR CONDITIONING

,35”=OPEN

2.5 V @ WC,

POTENTIOMETER

WITH SOLAR

Connector

Component

COMMON

PANEL BATTERY PANEL GROUND

MOTOR

REFERENCE

SUPPLY

POWER SUPPLY

COMMON

REFERENCE


D C S

GROUND

5”

CONTROL +

B+

B-

0”

0”

0”

0”

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

0” 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM/H,

@ B+

B-

0”

0”

0”

0”

0”

OUTPUT



VOLTAGE

values for Control




Module

communications

to

aid

the


user

in understanding

Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit

operation.


SHOULD BE USED FOR



OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS.

CONTROL

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ‘7 Pin Description

COMPONENTS

AICCM

LOAD INHlBlT

AlCCM

ELECTRICAL

AiCCM

COMPRESSOR

CLUTCH

4-WAY REFRIGERANT

SWITCH

4-WAY

LOAD SIGNAL BEClUES HIGH PRESSURE

REFRIGERANTSWITCH

AIR CONDlTlONlNG

HIGH PRESSURE

COMPRESSOR

RELAY ACTI’$ATE

Active

Inactive

Component

GROUND

B7

AIR CONDITIONING

COMPRESSOR

B+

GROUND

AIR CONDITIONING

CONTROL

BA

GROVNO

GROUND

0 20 BAR ,290 PSli

GROUND

@ 12 BAR 1174 PSI,

GROUND

B-

0

EMIS-

SERIES ILOW) SPEED FAY ACTIVATE

0

GROUND

B-

EM13-16

PARALLEL

GROUND

B7

IHIGH) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL I Pin Description COMPRESSOR

Active STATUS

RELAY ACTIVE

LH ,‘RH WINDSHIELD DOOR MIRROR LH BLOWER HEATER HEATED

HEATER

HEATER

MOTOR

PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE BACKLIGHT

RELAY ACTIVATE

ACZ-7

RHBLOWERSPEEDFEEDBACK

*CT*-8

RH BLOWER

SPEED CONTROL

090 HYBRlD

! GREEN

A/C “NIT,

SUMITOMO

090 HYBRID

i GREEN

ENGlNE

CONTROL

A/C “NIT, RIGHT HAND ENGINE COMPARTMENT

MlRROR

1

AC2-15

LH BLOWER

SPEED FEEDBACK

At216

LH BLOWER

SPEED CONTROL

DRIVE SIGNAL

0.83”

AC3-1

AIR CONDITIONING

I

ACS-7

LOAD INHIBIT

ELECTRICAL

AC4-9

COMPRESSOR

1

Awl,

REFRIGERANTCWAY

CLUTCH

ELECTRICAL

BACKLIGHT,

RIGHT

CARRIER

HAND

SIDE

RH17;L”CAIR

RIGHTANGLE ECONOSEAL

111LC / BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

BULKHEAD,

LEFT HAND

SIDE

ECONOSEAL

111LC, WHITE

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

BULKHEAD,

LEFT HAND

SIDE

DD8,

MULTlLOCK

040,

BLUE

DRIVER DOOR

MULTILOCK

040,

BLUE

PASSENGER

DRIVER FAN CONTROL

= LOW SPEED

0.83”

RADlATOR

FAN - RH

0 ” = HIGH SPEED

REFRIGERANT4~WAY WINDSHIELD

,l~WAY

DPB,

RADlATOR

= LOW SPEED

PRESSURE

HEATER HEATER

LF9,

RELAY MODULE

SWITCH

,*-WAY &WAY

TRW,

ADJACENT

BLACK

LF13,

Z-WAY

REINSHAGEN

LF12,

&WAY

REINSHAGEN

LF57,

&WAY

ECONOSEAL

DOOR TO LEFT HAND

HORN

METRI

630,

BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

FRONT

METRI

630,

BLACK

ENGINE

111LC, BLACK

COMPARTMENT,

FRONT

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

REARWARD

COMPARTMENT, COMPARTMENT,

- LH

EM49,

Z-WAY AMP SERIES

187C,

GREY

ENGINE

- RH

EM48,

Z-WAY AMP SERIES

18X,

GREY

ENGINE

OF RADIATOR

RELAYS

0” BT ,O”T

TRUNK,

NATURAL / BLACK GREEN BLUE

LEFT FRONT

EM43,2-WAY

1.3”

SWlTCH

FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX!

COMPARTMENT!

ENCLOSURE

EM41 /Z-WAY

7 5”

ON REQUEST PRESSURE

“.T A. U.T.A. U T.A U TA.

ENGlNE

i NATURAL BLACK GREEN BLUE

MODULE

BACKLIGHT

FAN - LH

B+

0

FUSEBOX FUSEBOX! FUSEBOX, FUSEBOX,

SIDE I CONTROL

PUMP

RADIATOR

0”

U.T.A. U.T.A. U.T.A. UT A.

040, GREY 040 i GREY 0401 GREY 040: GREY 47 {WHITE 47 /WHITE

SIDE

HEATER

0 ” = HIGH SPEED

LOAD SlGNAL

MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK

COMPRESSOR SIDE

HEATED

WlNDSHlELD 0

LF5,10-WAY LF6, ,&WAY LF7, IO-WAY LFB / IO-WAY LF70, EYELET

COMPARTMENT

BTlO , ?&WAY BTll / IO~WAY BT12, IO-WAY BT13, ,O~WAY BT64, EYELET

1.3 V = LOW SPEED

= HIGH SPEED

IS-WAY

EM?0 2%WAY EM,, ! 16.WAY EM12, Z-WAY EM13 34.WAY EM14,72-WAY EM15 :22-WAY

MODULE

FUSE BOX-TRUNK

= HIGH SPEED

LEFT HAND

S”MlTOM0

B= LOW SPEED

RIGHT HAND

AC6,

0” 7.6”

DRIVE SiGNAL

A/C “NIT,

&X,15-WAY

MIRROR-PASSENGER

1

GREY GREY GREY GREY

- RH

HEATERVALVE

0” 0”

RELAY ACTIVATE

0 0

RELAYS ACTIVATE

RELAYACTIVATE

471 47! 47; 47 :

- LH

B+

0”

MOTOR

MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK MULTILOCK

/ Access

COMPARTMENT,A,C

MOTOR

B+

E+

RH BLOWER

AC, ,26-WAY AU, 16.WAY AC3,12~WAY AC4 1 SWAY

ENGINE

BLACK

MOTOR

0”

HEATER VALVE ACTIVE

090 A-TYPE,

BLOWER

Inactive 0” 0” B, B+ B0”

Br iON,

MODULE

Location

I Type / Color

I~WAY SUMlTOMO

BLOWER

FUSE BOX - ENGlNE

MODULE

CLUTCH

Connector PI%,

CLUTCH

OF ACTIVE

RANGE)

Relay AIR CONDITIONING

COMPRESSOR

CLUTCH

RELAY

Color / Stripe

Connector

BROWN

BUS

Location

/ Color

/ Access

LH ENCLOSURE

RELAYS

BLOWER

MOTOR

RELAY-

LH

BLACK,

BLUE

ACZO,

BLUE

DRIVESHAFTTUNNEL

RELAYS

BLOWER

MOTOR

RELAY - RH

BLACK,

BLUE

*cm,

BLUE

DRiVESHAFT

RELAYS

FC28,

BLUE

DOOR MIRROR

HEATER

HEATED

BACKLIGHT

HEATER

PUMP

BLACK/BLUE

RELAY

RELAY

BROWN

1#21

LH FASCIA TRUNK

BUS

ENGINE

TUNNEL RELAYS

RELAYS COMPARTMENT

BROWN

BUS

WlNOSHlELD

HEATER

RELAY-

LH

BROWN

EM44,

BROWN

RH ENCLOSURE

RELAYS

WiNDSHlELD

HEATER

RELAY

RH

BROWN

EM45,

BROWN

RH ENCLOSURE

RELAYS

RELAY (#1)

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS Connector

CONNECTORS Location

Type / Color

FASCIA

/ Access

TOP CONNECTOR

MOUNTING

BRACKET,

RIGHT HAND

SIDE

PO-WAY MULTILOCK

070,

WHITE

?&WAY

070,

YELLOW

FASCIA

BOTTOM

CONNECTOR

MOUNTING

BRACKET,

RIGHT

HAND

SIDE

BOTTOM

CONNECTOR

MO”NT,NG

BRACKET,

RlGHT

HAND

SIDE

ABOVE

RIGHT HAND

REAR WHEEL

ARCH

RIGHT

REAR WHEEL

ARCH

MULTILOCK

20.WA’,

MULTILOCK

070,

GREY

FASCIA

20.WAY

MULTILOCK

070,

WHITE

TRUNK,

d-WAY

ECONOSEAL

TRUNK/ABOVE

111HC, BLACK

HAND

23~WAY AMP - FORD,

BLACK

DRl”ER

23.WAY

AMP

BLACK

PASSENGER

Z&WAY

MULTILOCK

070 /WHITE

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,ADJACENITO

RiGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

IB-WAY

MULTiLOCK

070,

ENGINE


RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

1%WAY

ECONOSEAL

13WAY

FUSE BOX RELAYS

FORD,

ECONOSEAL

X-WAY

MULTILOCK

57.WAY

SUMlTOMO,

X-WAY

M”LTILOCK

YELLOW

SlDE ‘N POST MO”NT,NG SIDE ‘R POST,‘A’

BRACKET,

‘R POST TRlM

POSTTRIM

111LC / WHlTE

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAN0

ENCLOSURE

111LC I BLACK

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE

070,

LEFT HAND

WHITE

ENGINE

BLACK

‘A’ POST CONNECTOR

REAR OF CENTER

070 l WHlTE

MO”NTlNG

COMPARTMENT,BRACKETON CONSOLE

BRACKET,‘A’

POSTTRIM

TOP OF TRANSMISSION

ASSEMBLY

GROUNDS

The following

symbols



D C S

values for Control


communications

on this data Page is furnished

NoTE: The values listed are approximately components connected and fitted. “Active”

Module



Battery voltage Voltage (DC) Frequency circuit operation.

KHz MS MV


THIS INFORMATION

Ground

Location

EMlAR

EYELET

iPAl!% - RlGHT

/ Type HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT.

HAND

LEG,

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT,

EMlBL

EYELET

(PAIR) - RlGHT

EMIBS

EYELET

ISINGLE),

EMZAR

EYELET

(P,+,R)

EM2BL

EYELET

IPAIR) - LEFT HAND

EM?BS

EYELET

(SINGLE),

ENGlNE RlGHT

COMPARTMENT,

HAND

ENGINE

LEG, LEG,

RIGHT

ENGINE ENGINE

HAND


COMPARTMENT.

LEFT HAND

FCZAL

EYELET

(PAIR) - LEFT HAND

LEG,

RIGHT

FIXAL

(PAIRI - LEFT HAND (PA,R) LEFT HAND

LEG, LEG,

LEFT HAND ‘X POST ENGINE COMPARTMENT.

LF2AL

EYELET EYELET

LFZAR

EYELET

(PAIR)

LF?BL

EYELET

(PAIR, - LEFT HAND

RH2S

EYELET

(SINGLE),

CONTROL

MODULE

RIGHT HAND

LEG, LEG,

LEFT HAND

HAND

ENGINE ENGlNE

RIGHT

HAND

RIGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE

ENCLOSURE LEFT HAND LEFT HAND

ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE

ENCLOSURE

‘X POST


FORWARD FORWARD FORWARD

OF LEFT HAND OF LEFT HAND OF LEFT HAND

HOOD CATCH HOOD HOOD

CATCH CATCH

REAR QUARTER

PIN OUT INFORMATION

(FOLD OUT PAGE)

SHOULD BE USED FOR

those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not aoolied or a switch is OFF.

REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON CONNECTORS. HARNESSES. GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS. DATE

OF ISSUE:

FEBRUARY

1998

OF COMPONENTS,

RELAYS,

CONTROL MAJOR

MODULE

PIN OUT INFORMATION

INSTRUMENT

COMPONENTS

PACK

Description GROUND

Active GROUND B+ B+ GROUND

SUPPLY MINORINSTRUMENT PACKWLITTERY POWER SUPPLY ADAPTl”E DAMPING WARNlNG TRIPCYCLE ‘NB’TRIPSELECT ‘ML,KM’SELECT SWNErwORK SW NETWORK cm NEWORK CANNETWORK BATTERY POWER SUPPLY GROUNO lLL”MlNATlON SUPPLY MINOR lNSTRUMENT PACK ILL”M,NAT,ON SUPPLY GROUND REFERENCE ‘CLEAR’ SELECT ‘000’SELECT CANNETWORK CANNETWORK IGNITION

SWITCHED

POWER

SPEED-ADAPTIVE

BAnERY

VOLTAGE

BATTERYVOLTAGE OIL PRESSURE BATTERY

FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

B-

IMOMENTARY)

GROUND

IMOMENTARY)

GROUND

IMOMENTARY)

VOLTAGE

TR,P COMPUTER

FC79

20.WAY

PI40 ,‘1-WAY

,COLUMN

SC2

SWITCHGEAR)

POWER TIMER,

ENGlNE

BROWN

MULTILOCK

10.WAY

ECJZ,

RESERVOIR

FASCIA ENGINE

BLACK

BLACK

FASCIA;

070 I YELLOW

STEERING

AMP MOL: MULT,LOCK

I COOLANT

FASCIA

BLACK BLACK

040 ,’ BLACK

ECONOSEAL

I Access

COMPARTMENT

TRUNK!FUELTANK

AMP PCB SIGNAL, AMP PCS SIGNAL,

FCZ, / 10.WAY

PACK

BLOCK:

RlGHT

HAND

SIDE

DRIVER SIDE COLUMN

CONNECTORS Location

Type / Color

Connector

/ Access

WWAY

MULTfiOCK

070 /WHITE

TRUNK

20.WAY

MULTILOCK

070 /WHITE

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT!ADJACENTTO

RlGHT

HAND

ENCLOSURE

16-WAY

MULTILOCK

070,

ENGlNE

COMPARTMENT

R,GHT HAND

ENCLOSURE

ENGINE

COMPARTMENT!

BEHIND

GLOVE

(MOMENTARY)

57~WAY SUMlTOMO,

GROUND

iMOMENTARY

20.WAY

15-1500

HZ

MULTILOCK

YELLOW

BLACK 070,

GREY

/ABOVE

RIGHT

HAND

REAR WHEEL

‘ADJACENTTO BRACKET

ARCH


BOX

15-1500Hr C3”

B+

3w

VEHICLE

SPEED

22 Hz @ 10 MPH 116 KM/HI:

DIMMER

OVERRIDE

GROUND

CHARGE

WARNING

B+

WARNING

(PAIR) - RlGHT

@ B+

FEEDBACK

WARNING

EYELET

44 Hz @ 20 MPH 132 KM/HI

FEEDBACK

FEEDBACK

Location

EMlBR

44 HZ @ 20 MPH 132 KM/HI

POSlTlON

GROUND

Ground

22 HZ @ 10 MPH 116 KM/H,;

POSITION

FEEDBACK

GROUNDS

22 HZ Q 10 MPH ,16 KWH,;

BA”ERY”OLTAGE

LOW COOLANT

PACK

GROUND

37-5”iPULSEl

LOW OIL PRESSURE

4%WAY 24.WAY

HARNESS-TO-HARNESS

GROUND

GAUGE

POSlTlON

FC25! FC26:

SWITCH

Location

I Type I Color RIGHT ANGLE RIGHT ANGLE

PACK

SWITCH

TRlP CYCLE SWITCH

GAUGE

GAUGE

INSTRUMENT

GROUND

MOVEMENT

OIL PRESSURE

BT7 ! LUCAR BTB / LUCAR

MlNOR lNSTRUMENT

CONTROL

POSlTlON

MAJOR

OIL PRESSURE

DAMPING

GAUGE

LEVEL SWITCH

B-

GROUND

GAUGE

44 HZ @ 20 MPH 132 KWH,

e Br

B+ GROUND Bt

GROUND

PACK Inactive B+

I

Pin FCE~E

MINOR

/

x79-9

OIL PRESSURE

GAUGE

MOVEMENT

37-5”iPULSEi

I

FC79-10

Oil PRESSURE

GAUGE

MOVEMENT

3 7 - 6 ” ,PULSEi

I

FC79-1,

CHARGE

I

FC79-12

BATTERY

Description

Active

INSTRUMENT

PACK ,LLUMlNAT,ON

SUPPLY

B+

WARNING

Bi

Jaguar Xk8 electrical service manual

Getting Started AutoCad Electrical 2005- Electrical Manual

Automotive Electrical Course - Service Training

Service manual KDC-W3534G

Service manual BBK9903S

Getting Started AutoCad Electrical 2005- Electrical Manual

Service manual KDL-23S2010

Service Manual H-CDM8042

Getting Started AutoCad Electrical 2005- Electrical Manual

Getting Started AutoCad Electrical 2005- Electrical Manual

CDC - Electrical Safety - Student Manual

Estimator's Electrical Man-Hour Manual,

Fiat Bravo-Brava Service Manual

Sportster Service Manual 1959 69

Apple MAC mini Service manual

a Service Manual Volume 3

Kawasaki GPX250 Ninja250R Service Manual

Jaguar XJ6 & Sovereign 1986-94 (D to M registration) Service and Repair Manual (Haynes Manuals)

Jaguar Island

Jaguar Sun

Jaguar Night

Electrical Safety - Safety and Health for Electrical Trades Student Manual

Electrical Safety: Safety and Health for Electrical Trades Student Manual

Jaguar Mate

Jaguar Night

Jaguar Nights

Jaguar Hunger

Sepecat Jaguar

the Jaguar

Jaguar Night

Jaguar (Cars)

Jaguar Xk8 electrical service manual

Getting Started AutoCad Electrical 2005- Electrical Manual

Automotive Electrical Course - Service Training

Service manual KDC-W3534G

Service manual BBK9903S

Getting Started AutoCad Electrical 2005- Electrical Manual

Service manual KDL-23S2010

Service Manual H-CDM8042

Getting Started AutoCad Electrical 2005- Electrical Manual

Getting Started AutoCad Electrical 2005- Electrical Manual

CDC - Electrical Safety - Student Manual

Estimator's Electrical Man-Hour Manual,

Fiat Bravo-Brava Service Manual

Sportster Service Manual 1959 69

Apple MAC mini Service manual

a Service Manual Volume 3

Kawasaki GPX250 Ninja250R Service Manual

Jaguar XJ6 & Sovereign 1986-94 (D to M registration) Service and Repair Manual (Haynes Manuals)

Jaguar Island

Jaguar Sun

Jaguar Night

Electrical Safety - Safety and Health for Electrical Trades Student Manual

Electrical Safety: Safety and Health for Electrical Trades Student Manual

Jaguar Mate

Jaguar Night

Jaguar Nights

Jaguar Hunger

Sepecat Jaguar

the Jaguar

Jaguar Night

Jaguar (Cars)

Recommend Documents